Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Series

Volume 1 Basic Structure of the Language

Editor : Medhā Michika, AVG, Anaikatti

E-Published by:

Arsha Avinash Foundation

104 Third Street, Tatabad, Coimbatore 641012, India
Phone: + 91 9487373635
E mail: [email protected]
www.arshaavinash.in
 ौ

Volume 1
Basic Structure
Struct re of the Language

Medhā Michika
AVG Anaikkatti, 2023
2023
Copyright © 2023 by Medhā Michika
All rights reserved.

The contents of this work may not in any shape or form be reproduced
without permission from Medhā Michika.

All profit from the sales of this book goes towards the activities initiated by
Śrī Pūjya Svamī Dayānanda Sarasvatī.

Electronic version of this book is available at:

Arsha Avinash Foundation
www.arshaavinash.in

Printed version of this book is available at:

Arsha Vidya Gurukulam, Coimbatore, TN, India
www.arshavidya.in
Swami Dayananda Ashram, Rishikesh, UK, India
www.dayananda.org
Arsha Vidya Gurukulam, Saylorsburg, PA, USA
www.arshavidya.org
Amazon of your country
www.amazon.com etc. (Search by “medha michika”)

Tutorial videos to accompany this series of books will soon be available

online. Search YouTube under "Medha Sanskrit".
 Books on Sanskrit Grammar

By Medhā Michika

1. The Script

Devanāgarī (Sanskrit alphabet) Volume 1 Single letters

Study Book Volume 2 Conjunct consonants & Exercises on mantras
and ślokas
2. Basic Sanskrit Grammar
(Sufficient to allow the student to read ślokas and commentaries on Śrīmad Bhagavad Gītā)
Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Volume 1 Basic Structure of the Language

Volume 1 Basic Structure of the Language - Workbook

Volume 2 Phonetics & Sandhi

Volume 3 Derivatives (Pañcav3ttaya4)

3. Reference Books

Dhātukośa4 (A Dictionary of Verbal Roots)

A78ādhyāyī-sūtrapā8ha4 (List of Pā:ini-Sūtra)

4. Grammatical Analysis

Rāmodantam (A story of Śrī Rāma)

Grammatical Analysis of Volume 1 Tvampada-vicāra4 (Chapter 1 – 6)

Śrīmad Bhagavad Gītā Volume 2 Tatpada-vicāra4 (Chapter 7 – 12)

Volume 3 Aikya-vicāra4 (Chapter 13 – 18)

5. Advanced Study in Pā:ini-Sūtra

Study Guide to Pā:ini-Sūtra Volume 1 - 10

through Laghusiddhāntakaumudī

i
 Grammatical Analysis Steps, and the Corresponding Books

The primary objective of studying Sanskrit Grammar is to understand the basic unit of
the language, the sentence. The basic steps required to do this, and the relevant books in this
series, are;

Step 1:
• Remove sandhi (phonetic change) between words of the sentence.
• Relevant books – Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Volume 2 Phonetics & Sandhi
Optionally accompanied by – Aādhyāyī-sūtrapāha$ (List of Pā(ini-Sūtra)
Step 2:
• Identify the verb, and ascertain the verbal root, suffix, and meaning.
• Relevant books – Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Volume 1 Basic Structure of the Language
For meaning of root, or root with prefix – Dhātukośa$ (A Dictionary of Verbal Roots)
For derived roots – Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Volume 3 Derivatives (Pañcav3ttaya$)
Step 3:
• Determine the relationship of each noun to the verb.
Ascertain the nominal bases and suffixes, and the corresponding meanings.
• Relevant books – Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Volume 1 Basic Structure of the Language
For derived nominal bases – Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar Volume 3 Derivatives
(Pañcav3ttaya$)

These steps are demonstrated in the Grammatical Analysis series.

Once the student has become comfortable with reading Sanskrit sentences, one may
wish to commence the study of Pā:ini-Sūtra. This sets the mind in alignment with the minds
of the 3iis for deeper understanding of the scriptures.
• Relevant books
- Aādhyāyī-sūtrapāha$ (List of Pā(ini-Sūtra)
- Study Guide to Pā(ini-Sūtra through Laghusiddhānta-kaumudī- Volume 1 - 10

ii
 Preface


ौ । [śrīgurubhyo nama] (Salutations to my teachers)

This book is the revision of the book “Sanskrit Grammar for Vedanta Students”.
I changed the title to “Enjoyable Sanskrit Grammar” because the more I teach the more I find
that the impediment in learning Sanskrit is not intellectual, but psychological. As repeatedly
emphasized by my respected guru, Śrī Pūjya Svamī Dayānanda Sarasvatī, it is important to be relaxed
and make the study enjoyable.
In this book the presentation of the topics is based purely on the tradition, but at the same
time I have tried to make it easily understandable by the student in the modern scheme.
Throughout this series of grammar books, the knowledge of Sanskrit grammar is presented
for understanding, rather than just memorizing. Only when the grammar and Pā>ini’s system to
explain the grammar are understood, can one fully enjoy the language and the knowledge given
through it.
This series of books is therefore useful not only for students of scriptures in Sanskrit, but also
for those who just want to gain an overview of the linguistics aspect of the Sanskrit language.
My prayers to all the students of all the scriptures of this great culture of India.
IJKL Michika
September 2016, AVG Anaikkatti

Preface to “Sanskrit Grammar for Vedanta Students”


ौ । (Salutations to my teachers)

I began my study of Sanskrit in Rishikesh in 2007 while I was staying at the Swami
Dayananda Ashram. As a student in a 3 year course in Vedanta and Sanskrit from 2010 to 2013 at
Arsha Vidya Gurukulam, Anaikkatti, Tamil Nadu, India, I often tutored my classmates in reading
K
HIJ and understanding the usage of Sanskrit language by LMNIOIPIQRs (traditional teachers of
Vedanta). I learned from this experience what works and what does not work in the presentation of
Sanskrit grammar. Since existing Sanskrit textbooks are not well suited to the particular needs of
Vedanta students, I decided to write this book.

 (Who is this book for)

This book is intended primarily for those whose purpose in studying Sanskrit is to understand
the usage of Sanskrit employed by traditional teachers in unfolding the vision of Vedanta. The

iii
approach taken in this series of textbooks is based on a clear conceptual understanding of Sanskrit
grammar that can be directly applied to Vedanta teaching and its texts. Thus, it should be useful for
beginners as well as more experienced students, and can serve as a resource for teachers in need of
systematic, clear, and thorough materials.

 (The subject matter of this textbook)

This series of textbooks is an introduction to classical Sanskrit grammar, the main sourcebook
of which is the work of Sage Pā>ini.
The first volume covers mainly syntax, giving students the tools needed to analyze basic
K
Sanskrit sentences, including the fundamentals of STUO (verbs) and VWO K
(nouns), and the
K
formation and function of each word in a sentence as it relates to a verb in terms of its XIYX (factor of
action) and SLHSZ (case ending). Students should be able to start reading relatively simple Vedanta
scriptures within a few months.
K
The subsequent volumes will cover \]L^_Q (five types of derivatives, i.e., X^ T-TSaT-V IV-bXcMd-
V IeOfITL ) so that the student can grasp these grammatically derived words and SLमhI (explanatory
sentences) heavily used by LMNIOIPIQRs in both oral and written teachings, including HIJ . K Another
volume will provide a thorough introduction to Pā>ini sūtra, which develops clarity in thinking and
facilitates communication with traditional teachers of Vedanta.
This series of textbooks offers the following useful features, which are not found in other
materials:
1) Organization by grammatical topics – gives the student a good grasp on the overall structure of
the language, and enables the books to be used for reference.
K
2) Differentiation of the concepts of XIYX and SLHSZ – These fundamental concepts are essentially
distinct, yet have not been clearly presented in other textbooks. To establish conceptual clarity, I
introduced the various relationships that are embodied in the XIYXs first in English before dealing
with the mechanics of noun formation and declension in Sanskrit.
3) Clear terminology – I have seen that loose usage of grammatical terms at the beginning will
create problems later. Terminology and explanations in this textbook are consistent with those in
Pā>ini-sūtras.
4) Vocabulary selected especially for students of Vedanta – The vocabulary words taught in this
book are selected from vocabulary often encountered in the teaching of Vedanta. This will
facilitate students’ rapid access to original Vedanta texts, and eliminate the unnecessary exercise
of memorizing lists of words unlikely to ever be actually needed.
5) Early introduction of pronouns – The declensions of nXIYIO-VLR I (a-ending pronouns) as well as
K
TN K, QN K, bTN K, and SX are very similar to the declension of YI . Since these related words are heavily
used in the language, I introduce them together with YI -co near the beginning of the lessons.
This has never been done in other textbooks. The usage of relative pronouns is thoroughly
introduced with explanation and exercises for practise.
6) Clear, progressive exercises – give students the practise they need to learn and develop their
skills, and give teachers a way to track students’ progress.

iv
7) Visually clear presentation - The organization of materials makes the information accessible to
those who have gone through modern education systems.

&
ू"#$% (The expected result of this textbook)
In the course of completing volume 1, along with the Sandhi Handbook, the following results
can be expected:
1) A clear and systematic method of parsing sentences will be acquired and practised.
2) Students will be able to start analysing simple verses and prose within a few months.
3) From the beginning of the study, students’ understanding and appreciation of Vedanta classes
will be enhanced because technical terms are introduced from the beginning.
4) Later, transition to the study of grammar as it is presented by Pā>ini-sūtras will be seamless.

*+, (The relationship between the study of this book and expected results)
Students and teachers can simply follow the study guide provided from page 97 to attain the
expected results.1

Successful study of Sanskrit requires cognitive capacity, consistent effort, and the grace of uvY.
Personal growth and emotional maturity are necessary in order to have a mind that is available for
the study of Vedanta and Sanskrit. Prayers should be continued to earn that grace.

August 2014, AVG Anaikkatti

IJKL Michika

1
Of the edition of “Sanskrit Grammar for Vedanta Students”.

v
vi
 Table of Contents

Prayers 1
Topic I - Letters/Sounds 3
Topic II - Structure of the Sanskrit Language 5
Building Blocks of the Sanskrit Language 5
Topic III - Factors of action ( !")# 11
O
Basic concepts of MLNMI [kārakam] (Factors of action) 11
1. MRLS [kartā] (Agent of action) 12
2. MIS [karma] (Object of action) 13
O
3. MNTI [kara:am] (Instrument of action) 14
O
4. UVWLXI [sampradānam] (Recipient of action) 15
O
5. YZLWLXI [apādānam] (Origin of action) 16
O
6. Y[KMNTI [adhikara:am] (Locus of action) 18
#
Topic IV - The Concept of Verbs (()*+" [ti-antam]) 19
O
1. What is verb ([R\]I [ti^antam])? 19
O
2. Constituents of verb ([R\]I [ti^antam]) 19
3. Classifications of KLR a [dhātu] (verbal root) 21
4. Ten bMLNs [lakāra]s 23
5. Verbal suffix ([R\-O ूdef [ti^-pratyaya4]) 26
6. Objectives of learning [R\]I O 28
7. Summary – the formation of [R\]I O 29
8. Steps in formation of [R\]I O 30
Topic V - Conjugation in 23 # (present tense) 31
1. bg O in MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice) with ZNj kZWl KLRfa (Parasmaipadī dhātu4) 32
a hmf [dhātukośa4]
2. Consulting KLRM 35
3. nZUiLSf [upasargā4] (Verbal prefixes) 36
4. bg O in MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice) with opX JZWl KLRfa (Ātmanepadī dhātu4) 37

vii
5. bg O in MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice) with common KLRsa 40
6. bg O in MIS[T ूehif (Passive Voice) 43
7. rLsJ ूehif (Impersonal Voice) 44
Topic VI - Conjugation in other 2 !s 45
1. [bg O (Perfect Past Tense) 46
2. tg O (First Future Tense) 48
3. bug O (Second Future Tense) 50
4. bhg O (Imperative Mood) 52
5. b\ O (Simple Past Tense) 55
6. [s[K[b\ O (Potential Mood) 58
7. oml[bS\ O (Benedictive Mood) 61
8. t\ O (General Past Tense) 63
9. bu\ O (Conditional Mood) 65
7
Topic VII - The Concept of Nouns (68+" #
[subantam]) 67
a
1. What is noun (Uv]I O
[subantam])? 67
a
2. Constituents of noun (Uv]I O
[subantam]) 67
3. Classification of ूL[RZ[WM [prātipadika] 69
O
4. Nominal suffix (UZa -ूdef [sup-pratyaya4]) 72
a
5. Objectives of learning Uv]I O 73
Topic VIII - Meanings of case endings ((<=>? A@ [vibhaktyarthāD]) 74
Basic concepts of [sr[xf [vibhakti4] (case ending) 74
1. ूyIL [sr[xf (First Case) 76
2. [zRleL [sr[xf (Second Case) 77
3. RuRleL [sr[xf (Third Case) 78
4. {Rya | [sr[xf (Fourth Case) 79
5. Z}Il [sr[xf (Fifth Case) 80
6. ~l [sr[xf (Sixth Case) 83
7. U€Il [sr[xf (Seventh Case) 84
8. Summary table of [sryLSf 86

viii
Topic IX - Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns 87
1. Y-ending in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine) – NLI [rāma] 89
2. Y-ending Pronouns in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine) – UsS [sarva] 93
3. Other Pronouns in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine) – RW O, eW O, „RW O, [MI O 95
‚ a M[bƒ (neuter) – LX [j:āna]
4. Y-ending in XZU 99
‚ a M[bƒ (neuter) – UsS [sarva]
5. Y-ending Pronouns in XZU 100
‚ a M[bƒ (neuter) – RW O, eW O, „RW O, [MI O
6. Other Pronouns in XZU 101
7. †/n-ending in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine) – ˆ[N [hari]/i‰a [guru] 103
8. Š-ending in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine) – MRu S [kart3] 106
9. o-ending in ‹l[bƒ (feminine) – iƒL [ga^gā] 109
10. o-ending Pronouns in ‹l[bƒ (feminine) – UsLS [sarvā] 111
11. Other Pronouns in ‹l[bƒ (feminine) – RW O, eW O, „RW O, [MI O 112
12. Œ-ending in ‹l[bƒ (feminine) – XWl [nadī] 114
13. †-ending in ‹l[bƒ (feminine) – I[R [mati] 116
O
14. Pronoun – †WI [idam] 118
O
15. Pronoun – YWU [adas] 120
a W O [yu7mad], YjW O [asmad]
16. Pronouns – e 122
O
17. Referring to the same object again (YŽLWJmf [anvādeśa4]) with †WI/„RW O 124
Topic X - Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases 125
Common steps in declension of ˆb] (consonant-ending) ूL[RZ[WM (nominal base) 125
O
1. T-ending in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine)/‹l[bƒ (feminine) – UiT O
a [suga:] 128
2. R/W O -ending
O O/K/r O O
in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine)/‹l[bƒ (feminine) – I‰R [marut] 130
O -ending
3. {/ O O
in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine)/‹l[bƒ (feminine) – Š{ [3c] 133
O
4. †X-ending O
in Z[‚ a bƒ/‹l[bƒ – eh[iX [yogin]/eh[iXl [yoginī] 134
O -ending
5. IR/sR O O
in Z[‚ a bƒ/‹l[bƒ – risR [bhagavat]/risRl [bhagavatī] 136
O
6. mRu- ending in Z[‚ a bƒ/‹l[bƒ – UR [sat]/URl [satī] 138
O
7. YX-ending O
in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine) – opX [ātman] 140
O
8. YX-ending in XZU O
‚ a M[bƒ (neuter) – ॄ’X [brahman] 142
O
9. YU-ending in XZU O
‚ a M[bƒ (neuter) – IXU [manas] 144

ix
 O -ending
10. †~/n~ O O
‚ a M[bƒ (neuter) – “h[R~ [jyoti7]/{”
in XZU O
~a [cak7u7] 146
O
11. YU-ending O
in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine) – {•IU [candramas] 148
#
Topic XI - Nouns in Apposition (6" L (M!N" [samānādhikaraOam]) 149
#
Topic XII – Indeclinables (QRS" [avyayam]) 152
Y–es derived from KLR a 155
Y–es derived from UsSXLIs 157
Appendix 159
Exercises 161
Worksheets for photocopying 186

x
 Prayers


om

  
   । ू   
        !"# ॥१॥
śuklāmbaradhara viu śaśivara caturbhujam |
prasannavadana dhyāyet sarvavighnopaśāntaye ||1||


&  '(  )* "  । +, ) -   .     ॥२॥
sarasvati namastubhya varade kāmarūpii |
vidyārambha kariyāmi siddhirbhavatu me sadā ||2||

01 23 45 । )6 7 8) ू!9 : ; "  < ॥३॥

yenākarasamāmnāyamadhigamya maheśvarāt |
k tsna vyākaraa prokta tasmai pāinaye nama! ||3||

>) ?  -) "@ A । "   Bऽ)  ू!D :   ऽ ॥४॥


vākyakāra vararuci bhāyakāra patañjalim |
pāini sūtrakāra ca praato'smi munitrayam ||4||

2F G69H 2F ू "I । 2< "H J "  K"5H ॥L॥

vāgarthāviva samp ktau vāgarthapratipattaye |
jagata! pitarau vande pārvatīparameśvarau ||5||

  #<  #<  #< ॥

om śānti! śānti! śānti! ||
1
Meaning of the prayers:

1. For the removal of all obstacles, may one meditate upon Ga(eśa, who wears white
garment, who is all pervasive, whose complexion is like moon, who has four arms, and
who has smiling face.

2. Sarasvatī! My salutations to you. The one who gives boons! The one who has beautiful
form! I will start my study. May success be with me all the time.

3. My salutations to Pā(ini, by whom the entire grammar system has been taught after
receiving Māheśvarasūtra from Śiva.

4. I remain saluting to three sages: Vararuci, the author of Vārtika, Patañjali, the author of
Mahābhāya, and Pā(ini, the author of Pā(ini-sūtra.

5. For proper understanding of the meaning of words, I salute Pārvatī and Parameśvara,
the parents of jagat, who are non-separate like the word and its meaning.

May the obstacles pertaining to my body-mind-sense-complex, to other beings around

me, and to the natural environments, be removed.

Assignment on Prayer:
Write all the ślokas (verses) of the prayer in both Devanagarī and transliteration (i.e.
using this Romanized script, as on page 1).
Try to memorize all the ślokas (verses) of the prayer.

2
 Topic I – Letters/Sounds

Topic I
Letters/Sounds

Sanskrit is a sound-based language.

In Sanskrit, unlike English, there is a perfect one-to-one correspondence between
what is written (letter) and what is pronounced (sound). Any script can be used in
Sanskrit as long as this one-to-one correspondence between letter and sound is
maintained. The most commonly used script for Sanskrit is called Devanāgarī.

Chart 1: Letters used in Sanskrit

Class 1st of 2nd of 3rd of 4th of

the the the the 5th / Semi
Sibilants Vowels
nasals vowels
Category class class class class

Gutturals ) M 2 N O 4 P/R
ka kha ga gha a ha a/ā

Palatals  S  T U   V/W
ca cha ja jha ña ya śa i/ī

Cerebrals X Y Z [   \ ]/^
a ha a ha a ra a /

Dentals  F   A  _
ta tha da dha na la sa 

Labials " ` a   b/c

pa pha ba bha ma va u/ū
To facilitate pronunciation, Y [a] has been added after each consonant in this chart.

Diphthongs: d e, g ai, j o, l au
Special letters/sounds which come after vowel: n o (anusvāra4), n< p (visarga4)

3
 Topic I – Letters/Sounds

Letters/Sounds:
1. Vowels:
There are nine vowels in Sanskrit:
• 5 simple vowels – short form: Y, †, n, Š, ™
(long form: o, Œ, š, ›)
• 4 diphthongs – long „, œ, , ž

Note that short vowel is called ॑WA [hrasvaD] and long vowel is called XYZ@A [dīrghaD].
7 [guOaD]. o, , and ž are termed <](^A [v_ddhiD].
Y, „, and œ are termed \NA

2. Consonants:
There are thirty-three consonants in Sanskrit.
• 25 consonants = 5 categories x 5 classes (from M O to I)O
• 4 semivowels (e, O N,O b,O s)O
• 4 sibilants (m, O ~, O U, O ˆ O)

7 !A [anusvāraD]
3. QLW
The nasal sound which is represented by a dot above a vowel, or “¡”. E.g., Y‚mfa [a`śu4]

4. (<6\@A [visargaD]/(<6a@LYSA [visarjanīyaD]

The aspirated guttural sound which is represented by “:” or “4” after a vowel.
a [guruD], etc.
E.g., NLIf [rāmaD], NLILf [rāmāD], NLIkf [rāmaiD], ˆ[Nf [hariD], ˆNJf [hareD], i‰f

Symbols in Devanāgarī script:

b2+A [halantaD] : A stroke below a consonant, indicating that the consonant stands by
itself without any vowel following it. E.g., M O [k] R [t]
O etc.

XcdA [daOeaD] : A vertical line which indicates the end of a sentence or one section of a
verse. A double line indicates the end of a verse or paragraph. E.g., NLIh i£[R । b¥T¦ ॥

Assignment on Letters/Sounds:
Get familiar with Devanāgarī. If needed, use Devanāgarī Studybook volume 1 and 2.
a [gu:a4], su[«f
Add these words to your vocabulary: ॑©f [hrasva4], WlªfS [dīrgha4], iTf
a
[v3ddhi4], YX©LNf [anusvāra4], [sUifS [visarga4].

4
 Topic II – Structure of Sanskrit Language

Topic II
Structure of the Sanskrit Language

Building Blocks of the Sanskrit Language

O
A sentence (sL¬I [vākyam]) is a unit of expression to communicate an idea.
E.g. “NLIf sX‚ i£[R । [rāma4 vana¡ gacchati] (Rāma goes to the forest.)”
O
is a sentence (sL¬I [vākyam]).

O
A sL¬I consists O
of a word (ZWI [padam]) or words (ZWL[X [padāni]).2

O
sL¬I [vākyam] (sentence)

O
ZWI [padam] O
ZWI [padam] O
ZWI [padam]
(word) (word) (word)

ZWL[X [padāni] (words)

E.g., In the sentence above, there are three words (ZWL[X [padāni]).
O
1. NLIf [rāma4] (Rāma); 2. sXI [vanam] (to the forest); 3. i£[R [gacchati] (goes)

2
K
\N [padam] is a form in singular, while \NIS [padāni] is a form in plural.
5
 Topic II – Structure of Sanskrit Language

In the Sanskrit language, there are only two types of words:

O
1. Verb ([R\]‚ ZWI [ti^anta¡ padam]; literally “word ending with ti^-suffix”)

E.g. i£[R [gacchati] (goes)

a
2. Noun (Uv]‚ O
ZWI [subanta¡ padam]; literally “word ending with sup-suffix”)

O
E.g. NLIf [rāma4] (Rāma); sXI [vanam] (to the forest)

Every word in Sanskrit is comprised of two basic constituents:

Original entity (ू] ()A [prak_tiD]) + Suffix (ूjSA [pratyayaD])

O
ZWI [padam] ूMu [Rf [prak3ti4] ूdef [pratyaya4]
= +
(word) (original entity) (suffix)

E.g. word = original entity + suffix 3

NLIf = NLI (Rāma) + O
U (agent/singular)
sXI O = sX (forest) + O
YI (object/singular)
i£[R = O go)
iI (to + [R (present/active/
3rd person/singular)

This concept is used by Sage Pā:ini, the grammarian who established a meta-
language to explain the whole Sanskrit grammar.

3
Suffix is a grammatical term for a group of letters which is attached after an original entity.
Suffix modifies the meaning or form of the original entity.
6
 Topic II – Structure of Sanskrit Language

O
With that concept, the constituents of a word (ZWI [padam]) are explained as follows:

#
1. Verb (()*+k lX" [ti-anta` padam]) :

As for verb, the original entity (ूMu [Rf [prak3ti4]) is verbal root (KLRfa [dhātu4]),
which indicates action. The suffix (ूdef [pratyaya4]) is verbal suffix ([R\-O ूdef [ti^-
pratyaya4]), which indicates tense or mood, voice, person, and number.

O
verb ([R\]‚ ZWI [ti^anta¡ padam])
= root (KLRfa [dhātu4]) + verbal suffix ([R\-O ूdef [ti^-pratyaya4])

[R\]‚ ZWI O KLRfa [R\-O ूdef

[ti^anta¡ padam] = [dhātu4] + [ti^-pratyaya4]
(verb) (root) (verbal suffix)

E.g.,
O [R
i£[R = iI +
O go) + [R (present/active/3rd person/singular)
i£[R (he goes) = iI (to
O
i£[R (he goes) is a verb ([R\]‚ ZWI [ti^anta¡ padam]).
O go) is verbal root (KLRfa [dhātu4]).
iI (to
[R (present/active/3rd person/singular) is verbal suffix ([R\-O ूdef [ti^-pratyaya4]).

7
 Topic II – Structure of Sanskrit Language

2. Noun (68+k #
7 lX" [subanta` padam]):

As for noun, the original entity (ूMu [Rf [prak3ti4]) is nominal base (ूL[RZ[WMI O
[prātipadikam]), which indicates a thing or person. The suffix (ूdef [pratyaya4]) is
O
nominal suffix (UZa -ूdef [sup-pratyaya4]), which indicates case and number.4

a
noun (Uv]‚ O
ZWI [subanta¡ padam])
O
= nominal base (ूL[RZ[WMI [prātipadikam]) O
+ nominal suffix (UZa -ूdef [sup-
pratyaya4])

a
Uv]‚ ZWI O ूL[RZ[WMI O O
UZa -ूdef
[subanta¡ padam] = [prātipadikam] + [sup-pratyaya4]
(noun) (nominal base) (nominal suffix)

E.g.,
NLIf = NLI + U O
a
NLIf (Rāma) is a noun (Uv]‚ O
ZWI [subanta¡ padam]).
O
NLI (Rāma) is nominal base (ूL[RZ[WMI [prātipadikam])
O
U (agent/singular) O
is nominal suffix (UZa -ूdef [sup-pratyaya4])
E.g.,
O sX + YI O
sXI =
O the forest) is a noun (Uv]‚
sXI (to a O
ZWI [subanta¡ padam]).
O
sX (forest) is nominal base (ूL[RZ[WMI [prātipadikam])
O
YI (object/singular) O
is nominal suffix (UZa -ूdef [sup-pratyaya4])

4
K of V\ [sup]
The \ [p] K K in the word “VWO
becomes W [b]  ”K [subantam] because of a sandhi rule,
which is studied in Volume 2 in this series. (Ref. Pā>ini-sūtra 8.2.39)
8
 Topic II – Structure of Sanskrit Language

O
There are two types of suffix (ूdef [pratyaya4]) to make a word (ZWI [padam]).

1. Verbal suffix ([R\ O ूdef [ti^ pratyaya4])

There are eighteen verbal suffixes by three persons and three numbers in two
types.
They are called [R\ O [ti^] because they start with [R [ti] and end with \ O [^].

Type P Type A

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person K
0\ [tip] K
TV [tas] Sx [jhi] T [ta] K
yTI [ātām] x [jha]

2nd person K
SV\ [sip] K
zV [thas] z [tha] K
zIV [thās] K
yzI [āthām] K
{ [dhvam]

1st person K
S \ [mip] K
LV [vas] K
V [mas] |} K [i~] LSh [vahi] Sh1& [mahi2]

O
2. Nominal suffix (UZa ूdef [sup pratyaya4])
There are twenty-one nominal suffixes by seven cases and three numbers.
O
They are called UZ a [sup] O
because they start with U  a [su] and end with Z [p].

Singular Dual Plural

1st case * 4 3 [su̐]  [au] K

€V [jas]

2nd case K
n [am] } K [au~] K
cV [śas]

3rd case }I [~ā] K

I [bhyām] K
SHV [bhis]

4th case UM [e] K

I [bhyām] K
V [bhyas]

5th case USV‚ [asi̐] K

I [bhyām] K
V [bhyas]

6th case K
UV [as] K
ƒV [os] K
y [ām]

7th case SU [i] K

ƒV [os] &
V5 [sup]

(The symbol on top of U  a and \[U indicates nasal vowel for technical purposes.)

To be used in the language, a word should be technically qualified as ZWI. O Thus

O
every word in Sanskrit language must end with either [R\-O ूde or UZa -ूde. (By
a
Pā:ini-sūtra 1.4.14 U[€\]‚ O
ZWI ।)

9
 Topic II – Structure of Sanskrit Language

O
In every sentence there is one verb ([R\]‚ ZWI [ti^anta¡ padam]), written or implied.

O
sL¬I [vākyam] : sentence

a
Uv]‚ ZWI O a
Uv]‚ ZWI O [R\]‚ ZWI O
[subanta¡ padam] [subanta¡ padam] [ti^anta¡ padam]
(noun) (noun) (verb)

O
o In understanding a sentence (sL¬I [vākyam]), O
the verb ([R\]‚ ZWI [ti^anta¡
padam]) should be identified first.
a
o All other words should be nouns (Uv]‚ O
ZWI [subanta¡ padam]). They are all
connected to the verb, either directly or indirectly.
o By relating each noun to the verb, the meaning of the sentence is understood.

Note:
In this book the word "verb" refers to a [R\]I, O or a "finite verb". A finite verb makes a
sentence complete. Even if a word (ZW) is indicating an action, if it does not end with [R\-O
O
ूde, thus ending with UZa -ूde, that word is considered to be a noun, not a verb. This is
according to the Pā:inian Sanskrit grammar.

Assignment on Structure of Sanskrit Language:

Add these words to your vocabulary:
O
1) sL¬I [vākyam] 7) ूdef [pratyaya4]
O
2) ZWI [padam] 8) KLRfa [dhātu4]
3) ZWL[X [padāni] 9) [R\-O ूdef [ti^-pratyaya4]
O
4) [R\]‚ ZWI [ti^anta¡ padam] O
10) ूL[RZ[WMI [prātipadikam]
a
5) Uv]‚ O
ZWI [subanta¡ padam] O
11) UZa -ूdef [sup-pratyaya4]
6) ूMu [Rf [prak3ti4]

10
 Topic III – Factors of action (MLNMI)O

Topic III
Factors of action
 


Basic concepts of  [kārakam] (Factors of action)

With reference to an action, there are many factors which are related to the action.
Sage Pā:ini defined some factors directly related to the action as MLNMs.

MLNMs are six in number.

1. MRLS [kartā] (agent of action)

2. MIS [karma] (object of action)

3. MNTI O [kara:am] (instrument of action)

4. UVWLXI O [sampradānam] (recipient of action)

5. YZLWLXI O [apādānam] (origin of action)

6. Y[KMNTI O [adhikara:am] (locus of action)

Based on how a thing or person is related to a given action, the status of one of the
MLNMs can be given to it.

MLNM and [sr[x [vibhakti] (case endings) are independent concepts. They are not
intrinsically connected.
o MLNMs are factors involved in the accomplishment of action.
MLNMs are independent from any language. Thus MLNM can be understood
without Sanskrit language.
o [sr[xs are nominal suffixes in Sanskrit grammar.
[sr[xs can express MLNMs as well as things other than MLNM.

11
 Topic III – Factors of action (MLNMI)O

1. $% [kartā] (Agent of action)

With reference to a given action, the agent, the one who does the action gets a
technical name “MRLS”.

MRLS is the primary factor related to the action.

e.g., 1) He sees the elephant.

- With reference to the action of seeing,

• He is MRLS.

e.g., 2) They see the elephant.

- With reference to the action of seeing,

• They are MRLS.

e.g., 3) Devadatta falls.

- With reference to the action of falling,

• Devadatta is MRLS.

e.g., 4) There are scriptures.

- With reference to the action of being,

• Scriptures are MRLS.

e.g., 5) Devadatta sees Somadatta, who is cooking.

- With reference to the action of seeing,

• Devadatta is MRLS.

- With reference to the action of cooking,

• Somadatta is MRLS.

12
 Topic III – Factors of action (MLNMI)O

2. % [karma] (Object of action)

With reference to a given action, the object gets a technical name “MIS”.

e.g., 1) He sees the elephants.

- With reference to the action of seeing,

• He is MRLS.
• The elephants are MIS.

e.g., 2) The elephants are seen by him.

- With reference to the action of seeing,

• He is MRLS.
• The elephants are MIS.

e.g., 3) Devadatta goes to the village.

- With reference to the action of going,

• Devadatta is MRLS.
• The village is MIS.

A destination of a going or moving action is also considered to be a MIS (object).

e.g., 4) Devadatta sees Somadatta who is cooking the rice.

- With reference to the action of seeing,

• Devadatta is MRLS.
• Somadatta is MIS.

- With reference to the action of cooking,

• Somadatta is MRLS.
• The rice is MIS.

13
 Topic III – Factors of action (MLNMI)O


3. , [kara-am] (Instrument of action)

With reference to a given action, an instrument/means to accomplish the action gets a

technical name “MNTI”.O

e.g., 1) Devadatta eats rice by hand.

- With reference to the action of eating,

• Devadatta is MRLS.
• Rice is MIS.
• The hand is MNTI. O

e.g., 2) He goes to the village by bus.

- With reference to the action of going,

• He is MRLS.
• The village is MIS.
• Bus is MNTI. O

e.g., 3) The bird is seen by him through binoculars.

- With reference to the action of seeing,

• He is MRLS.
• The bird is MIS.
• The binoculars are MNTI. O

14
 Topic III – Factors of action (MLNMI)O


4. 0123 [sampradānam] (Recipient of action)

That recipient which the agent wants to connect with the object of the action of giving
gets a technical name “UVWLXI”.O

e.g., 1) Devadatta gives money to the priest.

- With reference to the action of giving,

• Devadatta is MRLS.
• Money is MIS.
• The priest is UVWLXI. O

The recipient of other actions, such as teaching, telling, showing, etc., is also UVWLXI. O

e.g., 2) The teacher teaches the scripture to the student.

- With reference to the action of teaching,

• The teacher is MRLS.
• The scripture is MIS.
• The student is UVWLXI. O

e.g., 3) He tells a story to the people.

- With reference to the action of telling,

• He is MRLS.
• A story is MIS.
• The people are UVWLXI. O

e.g., 4) Devadatta gets ready for the journey.

- With reference to the action of getting ready,

• Devadatta is MRLS.
• The journey is UVWLXI. O

15
 Topic III – Factors of action (MLNMI)O


5. 6723 [apādānam] (Origin of action)

With reference to a given action which involves separation, the point from which the
separation takes place gets a technical name “YZLWLXI”.O

e.g., 1) An apple falls from the tree.

- With reference to the action of falling,

• An apple is MRLS.
• The tree is YZLWLXI. O

e.g., 2) He goes to the village from a house.

- With reference to the action of going,

• He is MRLS.
• The village is MIS.
• A house is YZLWLXI. O

e.g., 3) Devadatta falls from a running horse.

- With reference to the action of falling,

• Devadatta is MRLS.
• A running horse is YZLWLXI. O

- With reference to the action of running,

• A horse is MRLS.

16
 Topic III – Factors of action (MLNMI)O

Something one fears, and something from which one has to protect oneself are also
YZLWLXI. O

e.g., 1) He is afraid of the snake.

- With reference to the action of being afraid,

• He is MRLS.
• The snake is YZLWLXI. O

e.g., 2) Bhagavān protects people from ZLZ.

- With reference to the action of protecting,

• Bhagavān is MRLS.
• People are MIS.
• ZLZ is YZLWLXI. O

Cause of birth is also YZLWLXI. O

e.g., 1) Anger is born of desire.

- With reference to the action of being born,

• Anger is MRLS.
• Desire is YZLWLXI. O

Teacher in formal learning is also YZLWLXI. O

e.g., 1) Students study the Vedas from the teacher.

- With reference to the action of studying,

• Students are MRLS.
• The Vedas are MIS.
• The teacher is YZLWLXI. O

17
 Topic III – Factors of action (MLNMI)O


6. 69:, [adhikara-am] (Locus of action)

With reference to a given action, a locus of MRLS or MIS in terms of place (WJm), time (MLb),
subject ([s~e) gets a technical name “Y[KMNTI”.O

e.g., 1) He cooks in the kitchen.

- With reference to the action of cooking,

• He is MRLS.
• The kitchen is Y[KMNTI. O

e.g., 2) He cooks rice in the pan.

- With reference to the action of cooking,

• He is MRLS.
• Rice is MIS.
• The pan is Y[KMNTI. O

e.g., 3) He swims in the swimming pool in front of the library.

- With reference to the action of swimming,

• He is MRLS.
• The swimming pool is Y[KMNTI. O
• The library is a referential point for the word “in front of”. Thus it is not
qualified to be called Y[KMNTI. O
e.g., 4) He sleeps at night.

- With reference to the action of sleeping,

• He is MRLS.
• Night is Y[KMNTI. O

e.g., 5) In/with reference to Ih”, he has desire.

- With reference to the action of having,

• He is MRLS.
• Desire is MIS.
• Ih” is Y[KMNTI. O

18
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

Topic IV

The Concept of

Verbs (#$%& [ti(antam])

It is essential to know the concept of verbs. However, this topic can initially be
deferred by beginners. Topic V – Conjugation in 9: ; can be studied first, and Topic IV –
The Concept of Verbs can be studied later.


1. What is verb (9$=> [ti?antam])?

O
In Sanskrit language, there are only two types of words, verb ([R\]‚ ZWI [ti^anta¡
a
padam]) and noun (Uv]‚ O
ZWI [subanta¡ padam]).
O
Here, verb ([R\]I [ti^antam]) O
is a word (ZWI [padam]) which is the primary
element in the sentence, in a sense that all nouns are connected to the verb. For example, in
a sentence “He sees an elephant in the forest with his friend.”, the verb “sees” is the
primary element of the sentence and all the nouns are connected to the verb, either
directly or indirectly.
O
To be exact, [R\]I [ti^antam] is a finite verb, which completes a sentence. For
example, in the sentence “He offers melted ghee into burning fire.”, “offers” is the finite
O
verb, ([R\]I [ti^antam]). “Melted” and “burning” are considered to be participles.
Participle is a type of noun which qualifies other nouns in terms of action.


2. Constituents of verb (9$=> [ti?antam])

O
The literal meaning of [R\]I [ti^antam] is that which ends (Y] [anta]) with [R\ O
[ti^]. [R\ O [ti^] is a type of suffix (ूdef [pratyaya4]), which can be called verbal suffix.
O
[R\]I [ti^antam] consists of two elements:
O
Verb ([R\]I [ti^antam])
= Root (KLRfa [dhātu4]) + Verbal suffix ([R\ूO def [ti^-pratyaya4])

19
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

A KLR a [dhātu] is the basic element of [R\]. A KLR a indicates only an action. For
O
example, “r° [bhū]” is a KLR a and its meaning is “to be”. “±m [d3ś]” is another KLR a and its
meaning is “to see”.
By suffixing different verbal suffixes ([R\-O ूdes) to a KLR a according to person and
number, different forms of verbs ([R\]s) are produced. This is what we call “conjugation
of verb”.

Observe how a verb is conjugated from a single KLR a into nine different forms by
suffixing nine different suffixes according to three types of person and three numbers.

fIT  (root) STUKू Q (verbal suffixes) K

STUO (verbs)
Singular Dual Plural
Number Sing- Plu-
Dual rd
Person ular ral 3 rs[R rsRf rs[]
3rd person [RZ O RU O [² He is Those two are They are
r° + 2nd rs[U rsyf rsy
2nd person [UZ O yU O y =
(to be) You are You two are You are
1st person [IZ O sU O IU O
1st rsL[I rsLsf rsLIf
I am We two are We are

Formation of [R\]I O
That which immediately precedes the suffix is called Yƒ [a^ga] (stem). So, when a
[R\-O ूde [ti^-pratyaya] is suffixed to a KLR a [dhātu], the KLR a is given the status of Yƒ [a^ga].
It is the Yƒ which then undergoes any necessary modifications based on the type of KLR,a
tense, etc. [R\ूO des also undergo some changes based on the tense, mood, etc.

r° This is the original KLR a by itself.

(KLRfa )
r° + [RZ O A [R\-O ूde is suffixed. Then KLR a gains the status of Yƒ.
(YƒI)O (ूdef)
r° + [R There are regulations to modify [R\-O ूde according to tense, etc.
rs + [R There are regulations to modify Yƒ according to certain factors which
are discussed next.

20
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

3. Classifications of :$ B [dhātu] (Verbal root)

KLR a is the basic element in Sanskrit language and it indicates action itself.
There are about two thousand KLRsa defined by Pā:ini in a book called KLRZa L³f
[dhātupā8ha4]. In the KLRZa L³f, these KLRsa are classified in two ways according to the way
they conjugate. They are:
i. Ten groups of conjugations (1st iT to 10th iT)
ii. Three types (P, A, and U)

i. Ten \Ns [gaOa]s (groups) of conjugation

When a KLR a is suffixed with a [R\-O ूde, thus gaining the status of Yƒ [a^ga], it can
undergo one of ten different modification processes. 5 According to which of these ten
modification processes it intrinsically undergoes, a KLR a is classified into one of ten groups.
In Sanskrit, the word for group is iT. Thus there are ten iTs of KLRsa called 1st iT to 10th iT.
More than a half of KLRsa belong to the 1st iT (also called 1st conjugation).
The following chart is presented here just to illustrate that there are ten iTs of KLRsa
according to the ten different modification processes on Yƒ.

Modification process
 In Sanskrit
 on 
 Added ू Special change

1st !"#$-& Yes  -

2nd $"#$-& Yes & No - -

3rd 
*+,"#$-& Yes & No - Reduplication

4th #$/"#$-& No  -

5th 0"#$-& No 1,/1  -

6th 3$ "#$-& No  -

7th 45"#$-& No 1 -

8th 31"#$-& Yes 6/7 -

9th 8"#$-& No 1"/1 9 -

10th 
:;"#$-& Yes < This becomes a new 5"3 

5
Difference in modification process on n† is seen only when conjugating in active voice (XTRSY
ूQ ), and ‡} K, ‡} K, ‡UK, SLSfS‡UK, and cT^/cI P. K
21
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

ii. Three types (P, A, and U)

As seen in the chart below, [R\-O ूdes [ti^-pratyaya]s are eighteen in number and
they are divided into two padas. The first set of nine suffixes is called Parasmai-pada
(ZNj k-ZW). The second set of nine suffixes is called Ātmane-pada (opX J-ZW).

[R\-O ूdes

ZNj k-ZW [parasmai-pada] opX J-ZW [ātmane-pada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person K
0\ [tip] K
TV [tas] Sx [jhi] T [ta] K
yTI [ātām] x [jha]

2nd person K
SV\ [sip] K
zV [thas] z [tha] K
zIV [thās] K
yzI [āthām] K
{ [dhvam]

1st person K
S \ [mip] K
LV [vas] K
V [mas] |} K [i~] LSh [vahi] Sh1& [mahi2]

The Parasmai-pada (ZNj k-ZW) are suffixed to some KLRsa , while Ātmane-pada (opX J-
ZW) are suffixed to some other KLRsa . 6
In this book, those KLRsa which take only Parasmai-pada (ZNj k-ZW) are classified as
type P. Such type of KLR a is called ZNj k-ZWl [parasmai-padī], that which takes ZNj k-ZW.
Those KLRsa which take only Ātmane-pada (opX J-ZW) are classified as type A. Such
type of KLR a is called opX J-ZWl [ātmane-padī], that which takes opX J-ZW.
Those KLRsa which take both Parasmai-pada (ZNj k-ZW) and Ātmane-pada (opX-J ZW)
are classified as type U. Such type of KLR a is called nre-ZWl [ubhaya-padī], that which takes
both ZW.
For example, r° [bhū] is a KLR a [dhātu] indicating the action “to be”, listed in KLRZa L³f
[dhātupā8ha4] under the 1st group (iT [ga:a]), and it is classified as P, ZNj k-ZWl [parasmai-
padī] because it takes only Parasmai-pada (ZNj k-ZW) suffixes. So, in a Sanskrit dictionary, it
O
is listed as “r° (1P) to be”. WlZ [dīp] is another KLR a indicating the action “to shine”, listed
under 4th iT, and it is classified as A, opX J-ZWl [ātmane-padī], because it takes only
O
Ātmane-pada (opX J-ZW) suffixes. In a dictionary, it is listed as “WlZ (4A) to shine”. Similary
O
‰K [rudh] O
is listed as “‰K (7U) to obstruct” as it is under 7th iT and takes both sets of
suffixes.

6
This difference in type is seen only in active voice.
22
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

4. Ten Es [lakāra]s

There are ten suffixes called bMLNs [lakāra]s. They are:

1. bg O [la8]
2. [bg O [li8]
3. tg O [lu8]
4. bug O [l38]
5. bhg O [lo8]
6. b\ O [la^]
7. [s[K[b\ O [vidhili^]
8. oml[bS\ O [āśīrli^]
9 t\ O [lu^]
10. bu\ O [l3^]
Since they all have b O [l] in their names, they are conventionally called bMLNs
[lakāra]s.
bMLNs [lakāra]s are suffixed to a KLR a [dhātu].
E.g., r° (KLRfa ) + bg O (one of the bMLNs)
bMLN is to be substituted by [R\-O ूde [ti^-pratyaya].
O
E.g., r° (KLRfa ) + [RZ (bg O is substituted by one of the [R\-O ूdes)
Since ()*-# ूjSs are substitutes for 2 !, all verbs (()*+s) are originally made by
suffixing 2 ! to M ).7

bMLN [lakāra] represents two things.

i. Voice (ूehif [prayoga4])
ii. Tense and mood
These voice and tense/mood are inherited by [R\-O ूde and become a part of the
meaning of the verb. In other words, voice and tense/mood of a verb originate from bMLN.

23
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

i. Voice (ूSp\A [prayogaD])

There are three voices for verb. They are:

a) Active voice (MRS[N ूehif [kartari prayoga4])
b) Passive voice (MIS[T ूehif [karma:i prayoga4])
c) Impersonal voice (rLsJ ूehif [bhāve prayoga4])
bMLN denotes/indicates/corresponds to the agent (MRLS [kartā]) or object (MIS [karma])
of the action indicated by KLR,a to which bMLN is suffixed. Occasionally, bMLN also denotes
the action of the KLR a itself.

a) Active voice (MRS[N ूehif [kartari prayoga4])

When a bMLN denotes the agent (MRLS [kartā]) of the action, the voice of verb is called
“active voice”, MRS[N ूehif [kartari prayoga4] in Sanskrit.
O see)”, bMLN is suffixed. When this bMLN denotes the
For example, to a KLR a “±m (to
agent of action of seeing, the verb created by this combination of KLR a and bMLN will be
“Zँe[R (sees)” and this verb is said to be in active voice, or MRS[N ूehif. This verb
corresponds to the agent. Just as “He sees a bird.”, “They see a bird.”, etc., and “I am.”,
“You are”, “He is”, etc., in English.

b) Passive voice (MIS[T ूehif [karma:i prayoga4])

When a bMLN denotes the object (MIS [karma]) of the action, the voice of verb is called
“passive voice”, MIS[T ूehif [karma:i prayoga4] in Sanskrit.
O see)”, bMLN is suffixed. When this bMLN denotes the
For example, to a KLR a “±m (to
object of action of seeing, the verb created by this combination of KLR a and bMLN will be
“±ँeRJ (is seen)”, and this verb is said to be in passive voice, or MIS[T ूehif. This verb
corresponds to the object. Just as “The bird is seen by him.”, “These birds are seen by him”,
“The bird is seen by them.”, etc., in English.

c) Impersonal voice (rLsJ ूehif [bhāve prayoga4])

Since this voice is not seen very often in Sanskrit, and does not exist in English,
explanation of this is deferred for now.

24
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

ii. Tense and mood

bMLNs also express the tense (time) of the action taking place, or mood of the action
(how the action takes place).
The following list shows general usage of ten bMLNs in six tenses and four moods.
Note that these usages of tenses and moods are not always strictly observed in the
language.

1. 23 # can be used in present tense to express that the action is started and not finished yet.
2. (23 # can be used in perfect past tense to express that the action is in the past which is
not witnessed by speaker.
3. q3 # can be used in first future tense to express that the action will be in the future but
not today.
4. 2]3 # can be used in second future tense to express that the action is in the future in
general.
5. 2p3 # can be used in imperative mood to express that the action is command, invitation,
prayer, etc.
6. 2* # can be used in simple past tense to express that the action is in the past but not
today.
7. (<(M(2* # can be used in potential mood to express that the action is command, invitation,
prayer, hypothetical, etc.
8. rsY(2@* # can be used in benedictive mood to express that the action is wished.
9. q* # can be used in general past tense to express that the action is in the past in general.
10. 2]* # can be used in conditional mood to express that the action could happen,
conditionally.

25
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

5. Verbal suffix (9$=- ूIJK [ti?-pratyayaM])

[R\-O ूdes [ti^-pratyaya]s are substitutes for bMLN. Thus, [R\-O ूdes inherit voice as
well as tense/mood from the original bMLN. Because of this, [R\-O ूdes also denote voice as
well as tense/mood.
[R\-O ूdes further denote two more things.
a
i. Person (Z‰~f [puru7a4])
O
ii. Number (s{XI [vacanam])

7 [puruvaD])
i. Person (ltuA

There are three persons, as described in the chart below.

Person In Sanskrit Who? Examples

3rd person a
ूyI-Z‰~f [prathama-puru7a4] Others he, she, it, they, tree, etc.

2nd person a
I¸I-Z‰~f [madhyama-puru7a4] Listener you, you all

1st person a
n¹I-Z‰~f [uttama-puru7a4] Speaker I, we
a
In the traditional Sanskrit grammar, the 3rd person is called ूyI-Z‰~f (first person)
and listed first because the topic should come first. The speaker comes last (n¹I) and the
listener comes in between (I¸I).

#
ii. Number (<wL" [vacanam])

There are three numbers, as described in the matrix with persons in the chart below.

Number Singular Dual Plural

„M-s{XI O [z-s{XI O vº-s{XI O
Person [eka-vacanam] [dvi-vacanam] [bahu-vacanam]
3rd person he, she, it, tree they (two), two trees they (all), trees

2nd person you you (two) you (all)

1st person I we (two) we (all)

26
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

Two lXs [pada]s

There are eighteen [R\-O ूdes. As seen in the chart below, they are divided into two
sets of nine. They are:
 ZNj k-ZW [parasmai-pada]
 opX J-ZW [ātmane-pada]
[R\-O ूdes

ZNj kZW [parasmaipada] opX JZW [ātmanepada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person K
0\ [tip] K
TV [tas] Sx [jhi] T [ta] K
yTI [ātām] x [jha]

2nd person K
SV\ [sip] K
zV [thas] z [tha] K
zIV [thās] K
yzI [āthām] K
{ [dhvam]

1st person K
S \ [mip] K
LV [vas] K
V [mas] |} K [i~] LSh [vahi] Sh1& [mahi2]

In active voice, either or both of the ZWs are used according to the type of the KLR.a
For example, the KLR a “r° (1P) to be”, being type P, ZNj kZWl, takes one of the ZNj kZW suffixes
O
in active voice. “WlZ (4A) to shine”, being type A, opX JZWl, takes one of the opXZJ W suffixes
O
in active voice. “‰K (7U) to obstacle”, being type U, nreZWl, takes both ZNj kZW and opXZJ W
suffixes in active voice.
In passive voice and impersonal voice, only opX JZW suffixes are used regardless of
O
the type of the KLR.a For example, all KLRsa such as “r° (1P) to be”, “WlZ (4A) to shine”, and “‰K O
(7U) to obstruct” take opX JZW suffixes in passive voice and impersonal voice.

27
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

6. Objectives of learning 9$=> 

Many different [R\]s can be produced from one KLR.a Ten different bMLNs can be
suffixed to a KLR a in ten tenses and moods. Each bMLN has three voices. Then, each bMLN is
multiplied into three persons and three numbers. If the KLR a is type U, in active voice the
whole thing has to be multiplied by two.

1 KLR a
X 10 bMLNs (tenses and moods): present, past, future, imperative, etc.
X 2 ूehis (voices): active, passive
a
X 3 Z‰~s (persons): 3rd person, 2nd person, 1st person
X 3 s{Xs (numbers): singular, dual, plural
+ 10 forms in impersonal voice
= 190 forms of [Rƒ] for a KLR a (280 forms for type U KLR,a by adding 90 =[10 bMLNs X 1
a
ूehi, active voice, X 3 Z‰~s X 3 s{Xs])
See the chart on the next page for the breakdown and explanation.

Since there are so many forms of [R\] for each KLR,a one must be clear about the
objectives of learning [R\].
The objectives are to be able to:
O
1) Locate the [R\]‚ ZWI (verb) in a sentence.
2) Identify the KLR a of the [R\], and look it up in a dictionary.
3) Identify bMLN, if possible.
4) Identify ूehi. This is very important.
a and s{X.
5) Identify Z‰~
After identifying these, the [R\] will be marked in the format of:
O KLRfa + [R\ O (bMLNf/ूehif/Z‰~f/s{XI
[R\]I = a )O
E.g., rs[R = r° (1P) to be + bg O/Active voice (MRS[N)/3rd person/Singular

To achieve these objectives, the student can firstly focus only on forms of the verb in:
 23 # (present tense)/Active voice ()@(!)/3rd person/Singular
 23 # (present tense)/Passive voice ("@(N)/3rd person/Singular
28
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

7. Summary – the formation of 9$=> 

Every single form of STUO falls into one of the squares in this chart.

ूehif (voice) MRS[N MIS[T rLsJ

ZNj kZW (P) opX JZW (A) ूdef P A A A

1. bg O (Present Tense) 9 9 9 1

2. [bg O (Perfect Past Tense) 9 9 9 1

3. tg O (First Future Tense) 9 9 9 1

4. bug O (Second Future Tense) 9 9 9 1

5. bhg O (Imperative Mood) 9 9 9 1

6. b\ O (Simple Past Tense) 9 9 9 1

7. [s[K[b\ O (Potential Mood) 9 9 9 1

8. oml[bS\ O (Benedictive Mood) 9 9 9 1

9. t\ O (General Past Tense) 9 9 9 1

10. bu\ O (Conditional Mood) 9 9 9 1

9 = 9 forms (3 persons x 3 numbers); 1 = only one form (3rd person singular) in impersonal voice.

In all ten bMLNs:

• ZNj kZWूdes (P) are used for ZNj kZWl KLRsa in MRS[N ूehi.
• opX JZWूdes (A) are used for opXZJ Wl KLRsa in MRS[N ूehi.
• opX JZWूdes (A) are used for all KLRsa in MIS[T and rLsJ ूehi.
• The forms in MIS[T and rLsJ are identical.

In four bMLNs in the shaded area, namely bg O, bhg O, b\,O and [s[K[b\:O
• There are ten different manners of forming Yƒ according to ten groups of the KLR a in
MRS[N ूehi.
• There is addition of e for all KLRsa in MIS[T and rLsJ ूehi.

In the other six bMLNs:

• The ten groups of conjugations do not matter in the process of forming Yƒ.
• There is no addition of e in MIS[T and rLsJ ूehi.
29
 O
Topic IV – The Concept of Verbs ([R\]I [ti^antam])

8. Steps in formation of 9$=> 

To form a [R\], there should first be a [ss”L [vivak7ā], intention, or desire to convey
something on the part of the speaker. According to the [ss”L, the elements of verb, namely
KLR,a bMLN, ूehi, Z‰~,
a and s{X, are decided.

For example, if the speaker wants to convey “they are” in Sanskrit, elements of the
verb will be:
• KLRfa : r° (1P) to be
• bMLNf : bg O (Present tense) The action is happening at present.
• ूehif : MRS[N ूehif (Active voice) The agent of the action is denoted by the verb.
• a
Z‰~f : a
ूyIZ‰~f (3rd person) The agent is neither the speaker nor listener.
• s{XI O : O
vºs{XI (Plural) The number of the agent is three or more.

Step 1) [R\-O ूde is suffixed to a KLR a according to the details of [ss”L.

=x (1P) to be + (y (bg O/MRS[N/3rd person/Plural)
Since the voice is active voice and the KLR a is type “P”, the 3rd person plural [R\ूO de
of ZNj kZWूdes, which is “[²” is used.
Step 2) [R\-O ूde is modified according to bMLN.
=x + Q(+
Step 3) Yƒ is modified according to iT (group) and bMLN.
=x + Q + Q(+ Y, an additional ूde for 1st iT is suffixed.
=p + Q + Q(+ a takes place.
iT
# Q + Q(+
=< + Sandhi (phonetic change) takes place.
Step 4) Yƒ and [R\-O ूde are combined with sandhi rules, if applicable.
=<(+

Assignment on the concept of verbs:

Add these words to your vocabulary: KLRfa , iTf, bMLNf, ूehif, MRS[N ूehif, MIS[T ूehif,
a
Z‰~f, a
ूyI-Z‰~f, a
I¸I-Z‰~f, a
n¹I-Z‰~f, s{XI, O „M-s{XI, O [z-s{XI, O vº-s{XI O

30
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

Topic V

Conjugation in -.  (present tense)

At the beginning stage of studying verbs, it is essential to cover the conjugation in

bg O (present tense) in MRS[N (active voice) and MIS[T (passive voice) with both ZNj kZ[W-KLRsa
and opXZJ [W-KLRsa . In this book, the ready-made forms of Yƒ are provided because the
forming of Yƒ at the very beginning of Sanskrit study is not an efficient use of time. Actual
formation of not only verbs but also any word forms can be studied well through Pā:ini-
sūtras. Until then, the objectives of the study of verb should be clearly limited to these
points:
• Being able to identify [R\] (verb) in a sentence
• Understanding of the structures of [R\] (verb)
• Being able to identify KLR a and consult the dictionary
• Being able to identify ूehi (voice)
To achieve these goals, covering bg O in this section is enough because the same
knowledge can be applied to other bMLNs.
After this section, it is recommended to defer studying the other bMLNs and start
studying nouns.

In this book, the abbreviations used for 3rd, 2nd, and 1st person are “III”, “II”, and “I”,
respectively.

31
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

1. EQ  (Present Tense) in $%9 ूJSTK (Active Voice) with 7VW72X :$KB

(Parasmaipadī dhātuM)

Type P KLRsa (ZNj kZ[WKLRsa ) in the 1st \N (group)

a 7, if applicable.
When conjugating KLRsa in the 1st iT in bg O and MRS[N, the Yƒ takes iT
Because an additional suffix “Y” is suffixed to KLRsa in the 1st iT, all the Yƒs end with “Q”.
The ready-made final forms of the Yƒs are shown in the last column of the table below.

Original KLR a as KLR a in dictionary Meaning in English O

YƒI (stem) after
listed in KLRZa L³f form modification
Mu ¼ ~  [sbJ½X J O
Mu ~ [k37] (1P) to draw, to plough M~ S [kar7a]

i¾ u iR¿ O
iI [gam] (1P) to go i£ [gaccha]

{N idyfS {N O[car] (1P) to move, to walk {N [cara]

ls ूLTKLNTJ O
ls [jīv] (1P) to live ls [jīva]

±[m ूJ”TJ O
±m [dṛś] (1P) to see Zँe [paśya]

T¼ I ूÀÁJ mÂJ { O
XI [nam] (1P) to salute XI [nama]

O
Tlà ूLZTJ Xl [nī] (1U) to lead, to carry Xe [naya]

Z³ –xLeL‚ sL[{ Z³ O [pa8h] (1P) to study Z³ [pa8ha]

ZR Đ iR¿ O
ZR [pat] (1P) to fall ZR [pata]

vKa  YsiIX J O
vKa [budh] (1P) to know vhK [bodha]

r° U¹LeLI O r° [bhū] (1P) to be rs [bhava]

s¼ U  [XsLUJ O
sU [vas] (1P) to dwell sU [vasa]

L i[R[Xsu¹¿ ÅL [sthā] (1P) to stay [R [ti78ha]

ju¼ [{]LeLI O ju [sm3̲] (1P) to remember jN [smara]

7
 is a name for letters n, b and ƒ. A change of a vowel into ‹
‹  takes place according to

similarity in ŒI . E.g., |/u becomes b, /Ž becomes ƒ, / becomes nY,K etc. See page 30 and 35.
32
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

ZNj kZW of [R\-O ूdes modified for bg O (present tense)

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)
a
ूyIZ‰~f

 [ti] III/1  [ta#] III/2 
 [anti] III/3
(3 person)
rd

a
I¸IZ‰~f

 [si] II/1  [tha#] II/2  [tha] II/3
(2 nd
person)
a
n¹IZ‰~f

[mi]
I/1
 [va#] I/2  [ma#] I/3
(1 person)
st

Conjugation table for r°-KLR a

• KLRfa (root) : r° [bhū] (1P) to be
• bMLNf (tense/mood) : bg O (present tense)
• ूehif (voice) : MRS[N-ूehif (active voice)
• O
YƒI (stem) : rs [bhava]

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f III/1 III/2 III/3
   <  # *
(3 person)
rd
[bhavati] [bhavata4] [bhavanti]
He is. Those two are. They are.

a
I¸IZ‰~f   II/1  F< II/2  F II/3
(2nd person) [bhavasi] [bhavatha4] [bhavatha]
You are. You two are. You all are.
I/1 I/2
a
n¹IZ‰~f   **   < **  < I/3 **
(1st person) [bhavāmi] [bhavāva4] [bhavāma4]
I am. We two are. We are.

* Within a word, when a short Y is followed by a iTa letter (Y, „, or œ), the latter one (the
a letter) is the substitute for both. In other words, short Y + iT
iT a = iT.
a
O I. O
** The last Y of the Yƒ is elongated (WlªfS ) when followed by s or
Assignment on Conjugation of l!z {l(XM ) 7 in 1st \N in 23 #/)@(!
By observing rules described under the table, make conjugation table for each KLR a
on the previous page. If needed, use the Workbook.

33
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

Assignment on Conjugation of l!z {l(XM ) 7 in 23 #/)@(!

For these KLRsa in 4th and 6th iT, make conjugation tables.
Do Exercise #1 in the last part of this book.

Type P KLRsa (ZNj kZ[WKLRsa ) in the 4th \N (group)

a An additional suffix “e” is suffixed for KLRsa in the 4th iT.
Yƒ does not take iT.

Original KLR a as KLR a in dictionary Meaning in O

YƒI (stem) after
listed in KLRZa L³f form English modification
YU  a ”JZTJ O
YU [as] (4P) to throw YÈ [asya]

Tm YWmSX J O
Xm [naś] (4P) to perish Xँe [naśya]

R¼ ~a  ूlR¿ O
R~a [tu7] (4P) to be pleased a [tu7ya]
RÉ

XuRÊ iLऽ[s”JZ J O
XuR [n3t] (4P) to dance Xud [n3tya]

Z¼~a  ZÌ¿
a O
Z~a [pu7] (4P) to nourish a [pu7ya]
ZÉ

Iˆa  sk[{dJ Iˆa O [muh] (4P) to be confused a [muhya]

IÍ

m¼ ~a mh~TJ O
m~a [śu7] (4P) to dry a [śu7ya]
mÉ

Type P KLRsa (ZNj kZ[WKLRsa ) in the 6th \N (group)

a An additional suffix “Y” is suffixed for KLRsa in the 6th iT.
Yƒ does not take iT.
Original KLR a as KLR a in dictionary Meaning in O
YƒI (stem) after
listed in KLRZa L³f form English modification
†~  a †£LeLI O O
†~ [i7] (6P) to wish †£ [iccha]

[W¼m Î Y[RUXS J O
[Wm [diś] (6U) to show [Wm [diśa]

ू¼£ lÏLeLI O ू£ O [pracch] (6P) to ask Zu£ [p3ccha]

a  Î Ä Ih”TJ
I¼ { I{ O
a [muc] (6U) to set free a [muñca]
I}

[sW Ä Î bLrJ [sW O [vid] (6U) to find [sÐ [vind]

Ñum  U‚ÑmSX J O
Ñum [sp3ś] (6P) to touch Ñum [sp3śa]

[b½ Y”N[sÒLUJ O
[b½ [likh] (6P) to write [b½ [likha]

[s¼ m  ूsJmX J O
[sm [viś] (6P) to enter [sm [viśa]

Uu¼  [sUiÓ O
Uu [s3j] (6P) to create Uu [s3ja]

34
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

B
2. Consulting :$SZK [dhātukośaM]

KLRsa are defined by Pā:ini in his original book called KLRZa L³f [dhātupā8ha4]. KLRM
a hmf

[dhātukośa4] is a book in which these KLRsa are arranged in Sanskrit alphabetical order.
One of the objectives of studying [R\] is to be able to identify the KLR a of a [R\] by
tracking back to the original form of the KLR.a Only then KLRM
a hmf can be utilized.

The manners of modification of simple vowels (|/}/~)

While tracking back to the original form of the KLR a from the modified form in [R\],
the understanding of the types of modification of simple vowels helps.

Manners of modification of simple vowels

Original
Modification † [i] n [u] Š [3]

WlªfS [dīrgha4] (Long vowel) Œ [ī] š [ū] › [Ô]

a [gu:a4] (Y, „, œ)
iTf „ [e] œ [o] Y + N O[a + r]
su[«f [v3ddhi4] (o, , ž)  [ai] ž [au] o + N O[ā + r]
O
eT [ya:] (e, O s, O N,O b)O O
e [y] O
s [v] N O[r]

YesLeLsf(Ye, O Ys, O oe, O os)O O

Ye/oe O
[ay/āy] O
Ys/os O
[av/āv] -

For example, by looking at e[U, the first guess of the KLR a would be “e”,O which is
a hmf. In that case, one can try to find “J (je)”, “[ (ji)”, or “l (jī)” because
not found in KLRM
O
the “ay” of “e (jay)” is most probably a modification of “e”, “i” or “ī”. “ay” is the result
a form of “i” or “ī”.
of YesLeLs-U[Õ from “e”. And “e” is a iT
In the same logic, r° KLR a is tracked back from rs[R.
Similarly, from RN[R, when “RN”O is not found as a KLR,a one can infer that the KLR a
a modification of “Š” or “›”.
would be “Ru (t3)” or “RÖ (tÔ)” because “ar” of “RN”O could be a iT
Exactly the same thing can be said to “ˆN[R” to find “× (h3)” KLR.a
In the case of mh{[R, when “mh{”O is not found as KLR,a “m{ O
a (śuc)” can be guessed
a in the 1st conjugation.
because a penultimate †/n/Š of a KLR a can take iT

7
Assignment on M )psA
Do Exercise #2 in the last part of this book.

35
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

3. \70T%K [upasargāM] (Verbal prefixes)

There is a group of twenty-two particles called “ूL[W-iT [prādi-ga:a]”, a group (iT)

whose first member (o[W) is ू [pra], as follows:

1. ू [pra] 2. ZNL [parā] 3. YZ [apa] O

4. UI [sam] 5. YX a [anu]
6. Ys [ava] O
7. [XU [nis] 8. [XN O[nir] O
9. ØU [dus] 10. ØN O[dur]
11. [s [vi] 12. o\ O [ā^] 8 13. [X [ni] 14. Y[K [adhi] 15. Y[Z [api]
16. Y[R [ati] 17. U a [su] 18. nW O [ud] 19. Y[r [abhi] 20. ू[R [prati]
21. Z[N [pari] 22. nZ [upa]

When a particle in the ूL[W-iT is used together with a KLR,a it is called an nZUi S
[upasarga]. An nZUi S may change the meaning, may not change the meaning, or may
enhance the meaning of a KLR a to which it is added.

E.g., 1: r° (1P) to be
O r° = to be possible
YX a + r° = to experience; Y[r + r° = to overwhelm; ू + r° = to appear; UI +

E.g., 2: × (1U) to take away

o + × = to eat; nW O + o + × = to illustrate; Z[N + × = to avoid; ू + × = to attack; [s + × = to
O × = to withdraw; nZ + UI +
sport; [s + Ys + × = to deal with; UI + O × = to summarize

Assignment on }l6\ A@
Try to memorize the 22 members of the ूL[W-iT.
Do Exercise #3 in the last part of this book.

8
The final UK of yUK is an indicatory letter and is removed. Thus only “y” is seen in use.
36
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

4. EQ  (Present Tense) in $%9 ूJSTK (Active Voice) with ]^3_72X :$KB (Ātmanepadī root)

Type A KLRsa (opXZJ [WKLRsa ) in the 1st \N (group)

a if applicable.
The formation of Yƒ is the same as for type P. The Yƒ takes iT,
Because an additional suffix “Y” is suffixed to KLRsa in the 1st iT, all the Yƒs end with “Q”.

Original KLR a as KLR a in dictionary Meaning in O

YƒI (stem) after
listed in KLRZa L³f form English modification
Œ”¼ WmSX J O
Œ” [īk7] (1A) to see Œ” [īk7a]

MLِ Wl€¿ O
MLm [kāś] (1A) to shine MLm [kāśa]

vLKu¼  bLÚX J O
vLK [bādha] (1A) to negate vLK [bādha]

rL~¼ –xLeL‚ sL[{ O

rL~ [bhā7] (1A) to speak rL~ [bhā7a]

IWa ¼  ˆ~Ó IWa O [mud] (1A) to rejoice IhW [moda]

eRʼ ूeÛJ O
eR [yat] (1A) to strive eR [yata]

NI¼  a बlÚLeLI O O
NI [ram] (1A) to play, to rejoice NI [rama]

O
Úabr¼ ~ bLrJ O
br [labh] (1A) to obtain br [labha]

suR¼  a sRSX J O
suR [v3t] (1A) to be sRS [varta]

m[M mÝLeLI O O O [śa^k] (1A) to doubt

m\M O [śa^ka]
m\M

mra  Wl€¿ O
mra [śubh] (1A) to shine mhr [śobha]

S J
~ˆ¼ I~T Uˆ O [sah] (1A) to suffer Uˆ [saha]

~Jsu UJsX J O
UJs [sev] (1A) to serve UJs [seva]

37
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

opX JZW of [R\-O ूdes modified for bg O (present tense)

In bg O-bMLN, the original [R\-O ूdes are modified as seen in the following chart.

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f
 III/1
 III/2
 III/3
(3 person)
rd

a
I¸IZ‰~f
 II/1
 II/2 II/3
(2 nd
person)

a
n¹IZ‰~f
 I/1
 I/2
 I/3
(1 person)
st

O a
Conjugation table for br-KLR
• KLRfa (root) : O
br (1A) to gain
• bMLNf (tense/mood) : bg O (present tense)
• ूehif (voice) : MRS[N-ूehif (active voice)
• O
YƒI (stem) : br

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f A III/1 A  III/2
*** A# III/3
*
(3 person)
rd
He gains Those two gain They gain

a
I¸IZ‰~f A II/1 AF  II/2
*** Ar II/3

(2nd person) You gain You two gain You all gain

I/1
a
n¹IZ‰~f A * A 4 I/2 ** A4 I/3 **
(1st person) I gain We two gain We gain

* and ** - The manners of modifications are the same as ZNj kZWl KLRsa .
a letter
*** - The last Y of the Yƒ, and the beginning † of the ूde, are substituted by „ (a iT
a
of the two). (Ref. iT-Sandhi in Volume 2.)

38
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

Type A KLRsa (opXZJ [WKLRsa ) in the 4th \N (group)

a An additional
The formation of Yƒ is the same as for type P. Yƒ does not take iT.
suffix “e” is suffixed for KLRsa in the 4th iT.

Original KLR a as KLR a in dictionary Meaning in O

YƒI (stem) after
listed in KLRZa L³f form English modification
Xʼ ूLØrLSs J O
X [jan] (4A) to be born Le [jāya]

WlZʼ Wl€¿ O
WlZ [dīp] (4A) to shine WlÞ [dīpya]

Z¼W¼  iR¿ ZW O [pad] (4A) to gain Zß [padya]

v¼ Ka ¼ YsiIX J O
vKa [budh] (4A) to know a [budhya]
v¸

I¼ X ¼ LX J O
IX [man] (4A) to consider IÒ [manya]

e¼ Ka ¼ U‚ूˆLNJ O
eKa [yudh] (4A) to fight a [yudhya]
e¸

[s¼ W¼  U¹LeLI O [sW O [vid] (4A) to be [sß [vidya]

Uu¼ ¼ [sUiÓ O
Uu [s3j] (4A) to create Uu“ [s3jya]

Assignment on Conjugation of r€L l(XM ) 7 in 23 #/)@(!

For each opXZJ [W-KLR a in 4th iT, make conjugation tables.
Do Exercises #4 and #5 in the last part of this book.

39
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

5. EQ  (Present Tense) in $%9 ूJSTK (Active Voice) with common :$sB

The following KLRsa are frequently seen in scriptures, but their conjugation is not
analyzed in this book due to the complication in the process of conjugation. It is
recommended to become familiar with these forms, especially the forms in 3rd person
singular.

O be (2P) in bg O (Present Tense) – MRS[N-ूehif (Active Voice)

a – YU to
YU r[s

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f %&' III/1 '( III/2
)&* III/3

(3rd person) He is Those two are They are

a
I¸IZ‰~f %&) II/1
+( II/2
+ II/3

(2nd person) You are You two are You all are

a
n¹IZ‰~f %&, I/1
-( I/2
,( I/3

(1st person) I am We two are We are

O
ÚaMuà MNTJ – Mu to do (8U) in bg O (Present Tense) – MRS[N-ूehif (Active Voice)
Since Mu is type U, nreZWl KLRfa , two sets of forms are seen; one with ZNj kZW suffixes
and the other with opXZJ W suffixes.

ZNj kZWL[X opX JZWL[X

„Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
ूyIZ‰~f ./0&1 III/1 .231( III/2 .245&* III/3 .2316 III/1 .24751 6 III/2
.2451 6 III/3

(3rd person) He does Those two do They do He does Those two do They do

a
I¸IZ‰~f ./0&8 II/1 .239( II/2 .239 II/3 .2386 II/1 .24759 6 II/2
.23:6 II/3

(2nd person) You do You two do You all do You do You two do You all do

a
n¹IZ‰~f ./0&; I/1 .245( I/2 .2;5( I/3
.24< I/1
.245=6 I/2
.2;5=6 I/3

(1st person) I do We two do We do I do We two do We do

40
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

L YsvhKX J – L to know (9P) in bg O (Present Tense) – MRS[N-ूehif (Active Voice)

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f >7?7&1 III/1 >7?@1( III/2
>7?&* III/3

(3rd person) He knows Those two know They know

a
I¸IZ‰~f >7?7&) II/1
>7?@9( II/2
>7?@9 II/3

(2nd person) You know You two know You all know

a
n¹IZ‰~f >7?7&; I/1
>7?@4( I/2
>7?@;( I/3

(1st person) I know We two know We know

O pervade (5P) in bg O (Present Tense) – MRS[N-ूehif (Active Voice)

oZ Đ –L€¿ – oZ to

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f AB0&1 III/1
2
AB1( III/2
2
AB4&* III/3

(3rd person) He gains Those two gain They gain

a
I¸IZ‰~f AB0&8 II/1
2
AB9( II/2
AB92 II/3
(2nd person) You gain You two gain You all gain

a
n¹IZ‰~f AB0&; I/1
2
AB4( I/2
2 I/3
AB;(
(1st person) I gain We two gain We gain

[sW LX J – [sW O to know (2P) in bg O (Present Tense) – MRS[N-ूehif (Active Voice)

There are two forms for each person and number.

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f 46C/46&E III/1
&4C1(2 /&4E( III/2
&4F(/&4C&* III/3
(3rd person) He knows Those two know They know

a
I¸IZ‰~f 46G/46&H II/1 &4C9(2 /&4G( II/2
&4C/&4G II/3

(2nd person) You know You two know You all know

a
n¹IZ‰~f 46C/46&I I/1
&4J/&4J( I/2
&4I/&4I( I/3

(1st person) I know We two know We know

41
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

O
ॄ°Ã –xLeL‚ sL[{ – ॄ° to say (2U) in bg O (Present Tense) – MRS[N-ूehif (Active Voice)
When the first five ZNj kZW suffixes follow, there are two forms.

ZNj kZWL[X opX JZWL[X

„Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
ूyIZ‰~f ॄ4@&1/ ॄL1(/ ॄ42 &*/ ॄL1 6 III/1 ॄ42 716 III/2 ॄ42 16 III/3
(3rd person) A= III/1 A=1(2 III/2 AM( III/3 He says Those two They say

He says Those two say They say say

a
I¸IZ‰~f ॄ4@&8/ ॄL9(/ ॄL9 II/3 ॄL8 6 II/1 ॄ42 796 II/2 ॄL: 6 II/3
(2nd person) AG II/1 A=9(2 II/2 You all You say You two say You all say

You say You two say say

a
n¹IZ‰~f ॄ4@&; I/1 ॄL4( I/2 ॄL;( I/3 ॄ42 6 I/1
ॄL4=6 I/2
ॄL;=6 I/3
(1st person) I say We two say We say I say We two say We say

O J – WL to give (3U) in bg O (Present Tense) – MRS[N-ूehif (Active Voice)

ÚaWLÃ WLX

ZNj kZWL[X opX JZWL[X

„Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
ूyIZ‰~f CC7&1 III/1 CE( III/2 CC&1 III/3 CE6 III/1
CC716 III/2 CC16 III/3
(3rd person) He gives Those two They give He gives Those two They give
give give

a
I¸IZ‰~f CC7&) II/1 CG( II/2 CG II/3 CH6 II/1 CC796 II/2 CN:6 II/3
(2nd person) You give You two You all give You give You two give You all give
give

a
n¹IZ‰~f CC7&; I/1 CJ( I/2 CI( I/3 CC6 I/1 CJ=6 I/2 CI=6 I/3
(1st person) I give We two We give I give We two give We give
give

Assignment on Conjugation of common M )s7 in 23 #/)@(!

Try to find the forms in this section of [R\] in Bhagavadgītā.

42
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

6. EQ  (Present Tense) – %9, ूJSTK (Passive Voice)

MIS[T ूehif (Passive Voice) is used to denote the MIS (object) of action.
E.g., if ±ँeRJ । (The elephant is seen.)
Because MIS (object) is required in the construction, the KLR a has to be a UMISM-KLRfa
[sakarmaka-dhātu4], that which indicates an action which takes an object. In some
dictionaries, UMISM-KLRfa is indicated as “v.t.”, transitive verb.

Formation of Q‚ in "@(N ूSp\A

a modification on the KLR.a The formation is
“S” is added to the KLR,a and there is no iT
the same as the formation used for the KLRsa in 4th iT.
()*-# ूjS in "@(N ूSp\A
opX JZW suffixes are used, regardless of the type of the KLR a (P, A, and U). Original
[R\-O ूdes are modified according to the bMLN.
Combining the Q‚ and ()*-# ूjS
The modifications are the same as those seen in opXZJ Wl KLRsa .

• KLRfa (root) : O
±m (1P) to see
• bMLNf (tense/mood) : bg O (present tense)
• ूehif (voice) : MIS[T ूehif (passive voice)
• O
YƒI (stem) : ±ँe

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)
III/1 III/2 III/3
a
ूyIZ‰~f sँ sँ  sँ#
(3rd person) He is seen Those two are seen They are seen
II/1 II/2 II/3
a
I¸IZ‰~f sँ sँF  sँr
(2nd person) You are seen You two are seen You all are seen
I/1
a
n¹IZ‰~f sँ sँ 4 I/2 sँ4 I/3

(1st person) I am seen We two are seen We are seen

43
 Topic V – Conjugation in bg O (Present tense)

Assignment on Conjugation of common M )s7 in 23 #/"@(N

Make conjugation table for each one of the KLRsa listed below.
Do Exercise #6 in the last part of this book.

i¾ u iR¿ O
iI (1P) to reach iàRJ (It is reached), iàJR,J ià]J ...
Z³ –xLeL‚ sL[{ Z³ O (1P) to study ZáRJ (It is studied), ZáJR,J Zá]J ...
YU  a ”JZTJ O
YU (4P) to throw YÈRJ (It is thrown), YÈJR,J YÈ]J...
†~  a †£LeLI O O
†~ (6P) to wish †ÉRJ (It is wished), †ÉJR,J †É]J ...
a  Î Ä Ih”TJ
I¼ { I{ O
a (6U) a RJ (It is freed), Iâ
to set free Iâ a RJ ,J Iâ
a ]J ...
O
[b½ Y”N[sÒLUJ [b½ (6P) to write [bãRJ (It is written), [bãJR,J [bã]J ...
L YsvhKX J L (9P) to know LeRJ (It is known), LeJR,J Le]J ...
mä mx¿ mM O (5P) to be able m¬RJ (It is possible to be done), m¬JR,J m¬]J ...
Œ”¼ WmSX J O
Œ” (1A) to see ŒåRJ (It is seen), ŒåJR,J Œå]J ...
vLKu¼  bLÚX J O
vLK (1A) to negate vL¸RJ (It is negated), vL¸JR,J vL¸]J ...

7. `a_ ूJSTK (Impersonal Voice)

rLsJ ूehif (Impersonal Voice) is used to denote the action of the KLR a itself.
The KLR a in rLsJ ूehif should be an YMISM-KLRfa [akarmaka-dhātu4], that which
indicates an action which does not take an object. E.g., to be, to become, to stand, to sit, to
sleep, etc. In some dictionaries, YMISM-KLRfa is indicated as “v.i.”, intransitive verb.
E.g., æçRJ III/1 Y[èXL 3/1 । (Burning is done by fire.)9
O R°TIS 0O [s[Xià
E.g., [XiuˆLR 5/1 O
S RLI III/1 । (Leaving from own house quickly has to be done.)
Also, when MIS (object) is not intended to be told, UMISM-KLRfa can be used in rLsJ ूehif
The steps of formation of [R\] are the same as the steps used in MIS[T ूehi.
Action itself is denoted in rLsJ ूehi. Since action is neither the speaker nor the
listener, and does not have any number, only 3rd person singular forms are seen in rLsJ ूehi.
E.g., ±ँeRJ III/1 WJsW¹JX 3/1 । (Seeing is done by Devadatta.)

9
As HIL, the action itself, is denoted by STUK-ू Q, the undenoted XTIR should be told in the 3rd case.
(Pā>ini-sūtra 2.3.18)
44
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

Topic VI

Conjugation in other -s

Since the main objectives so far have been covered by studying bg O-bMLN, beginner
a
students should defer studying this section and move onto the next section, Uv]s and
[sr[x-Yy.S They should come back to this section after completing the section on declension
O
of vowel-ending ूL[RZ[WMs. It is recommended to study the Vowel Sandhi (Y{-U[Õf) section
of Volume 2 of this series before studying this section.

The basic concept of forming [R\] is the same throughout all the bMLNs:
1) Modification of [R\-O ूde
o [R\-O ूdes are modified according to bMLN.
o There is similarity in modification among the bMLNs which have g O at the end. i.e.
O
bg O, [bg O, tg O, bug O, and bhg O. They are also known as [gR-bMLNs.
o There is similarity in modification among the bMLNs which have \ O at the end. i.e.
O
b\,O [s[K[b\,O oml[bS\,O t\,O and bu\.O They are also known as [\R-bMLNs.
O
o Note that the last U becomes “:”, [sUi.S
2) Modification of Yƒ
o For bg O, bhg O, b\,O and [s[K[b\,O the modified forms of Yƒ are common.
 In active voice, the modification is done according to ten iTs of the KLR.a
 In passive voice, regardless of the iT, “e” is added to the Yƒ without causing
a
iT.
o For other bMLNs ([bg O, tg O, bug O, oml[bS\,O t\,O and bu\)O , the classification of ten iTs
does not make any difference.
 In passive voice, “e” is not added to the Yƒ.
3) Combination of Yƒ and [R\-O ूde
o The rules observed in combining Yƒ and [R\-O ूde are applied for all bMLNs.

45
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

1. 9EQ  (Perfect Past Tense)

[bg O (Perfect Past Tense) is used to express an action in the past which the speaker
did not see directly (ZNh”J).

Modification of [R\-O ूdes in [bg O

[R\-O ूdes modified for [bg O

ZNj kZW [parasmaipada] opX JZW [ātmanepada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person Y YRfa nf „ oRJ †NJ

2nd person y Yyfa Y UJ oyJ éJ
1st person Y s I „ sˆJ IˆJ

 In ZNj kZW, the ूdes are changed completely. Only some are modified in opXZJ W.
 If the KLR a ends with o, III/1 and I/1 of ZNj kZW are changed to ž. Thus su[«-U[Õf takes
place between o and ž, resulting in ž together. E.g., ZZ¿.

Modification of Yƒ in [bg O
O
[zÁI (Duplication) of the KLR a takes place when applicable.
When [zÁ takes place, an extra syllable similar to the KLR a is observed before the KLR.a

O be (2P) in [bg O (Perfect Past Tense) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

r° to be (1P) and YU to
O
* YU declines in the same manner as r° in [bg O.

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)
III/1
a
ूyIZ‰~f aB aB < III/2 aB < III/3

(3rd person) He was Those two were They were

a
I¸IZ‰~f aB F II/1 aB F< II/2 aB II/3

(2nd person) You were You two were You all were
I/1 I/2
a
n¹IZ‰~f aB aB aB  I/3
(1st person) I was We two were We were

46
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

iI Đ iR¿ O
iI (1P) to go iLI (he went), êIRfa , êIfa ...
s¼ {  Z[NrL~TJ O
s{ (2P) to speak nsL{ (he spoke), š{Ra fa , š{fa ...
ू¼£ lÏLeLI O ू£ O (6P) to ask Zू£ (he asked), ZूëRfa , Zूëf ...
eL¼ ूLZTJ eL (2P) to go ee¿ (he went), eeRfa , eefa ...
O J
WLT WLX WL (1P) to give WW¿ (he gave), WWRfa , WØf ...
O
ÚaKL¼Ã KLNTZh~Tehf KL (3U) to put, to grant WK¿ (he granted), WKRfa , WKfa ...
ìL¼ mÂL[èUíhiehf ìL (1P) to blow Wì¿ (he blew), WìRfa , Wìfa ...
mra  Wl€¿ O
mra (1A) to shine a ra J (he shone), mm
mm a ra LRJ, mm
a [a rNJ,
a [a r~J, mm
mm a ra LyJ, mm
a [a réJ, mm
a ra ,J mm
a [a rsˆJ, mm
a [a sIˆJ
O
Úabr¼ ~ bLrJ O
br (1A) to obtain bJr J (he gained), bJrLRJ, bJ[rNJ …

Assignment on Conjugation in (23 #

Observe the forms in 3rd person singular.
Do the [bg O portion of Exercise #7 in the last part of this book.

47
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

2. bQ  (First Future Tense)

tg O (First Future Tense) is used to express an action in the remote future, i.e., not of
today. [R\]s in tg O are rarely seen.

Modification of [R\-O ूdes in tg O

[R\-O ूdes modified for tg O

ZNj kZW [parasmaipada] opX JZW [ātmanepada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person RL RLN¿ RLNf RL RLN¿ RLNf

2nd person RL[U RLÅf RLÅ RLUJ RLULyJ RLéJ
1st person RL[j RL©f RLjf RLˆJ RL©ˆJ RLjRJ

 “RLU”,O an additional suffix to the KLR,a is attached to [R\-O ूdes in this chart.
 [R\-O ूdes modified for bg O are used as a basis.
 a are further modified, and they are the same for both ZWs.
The forms in ूyIZ‰~

Modification of Yƒ in tg O
a hmf, † is added before the additional suffix RLU. O
If the KLR a is marked “S” in KLRM
a takes place if applicable.
iT

O be (2P) in tg O (First Future Tense) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

r° to be (1P) and YU to
O
* YU declines in the same manner as r° in tg O.

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)
III/1 III/2 III/3
a
ूyIZ‰~f    H  <
(3rd person) He will be Those two will be They will be
II/1
a
I¸IZ‰~f     u< II/2  u II/3

(2nd person) You will be You two will be You all will be

a
n¹IZ‰~f   : I/1  &< I/2
 :< I/3
(1st person) I will be We two will be We will be

48
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

Z³ –xLeL‚ sL[{ Z³ O (1PS) to study Z[³RL (he will study), Z[³RLN¿, Z[³RLNf, Z[³RL[U, ...
IWa ¼  ˆ~Ó IWa O (1AS) to rejoice Ih[WRL (he will rejoice), Ih[WRLN¿, Ih[WRLNf,
Ih[WRLUJ, Ih[WRLULyJ, Ih[WRLéJ, Ih[WRLˆJ, Ih[WRL©ˆJ, Ih[WRLjˆJ
Xʼ ूLØrLSs J O
X (4AS) to be born [XRL (he will be born), [XRLN¿, [XRLNf,
[XRLUJ, [XRLULyJ, [XRLéJ …

Assignment on Conjugation in q3 #
O † + RLU +
Observe the elements in the forms. E.g., rs + O [I, Z³ O + † + RLU +
O [I, etc.

Do the tg O portion of Exercise #7 in the last part of this book.

49
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

3. EcQ  (Second Future Tense)

bug O (Second Future Tense) is used to express an action in the future in general.

Modification of [R\-O ूdes in bug O

[R\-O ूdes modified for bug O

ZNj kZW [parasmaipada] opX JZW [ātmanepada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person È[R ÈRf È[] ÈRJ ÈJR J È]J

2nd person È[U Èyf Èy ÈUJ ÈJy J ÈéJ
1st person ÈL[I ÈLsf ÈLIf ÈJ ÈLsˆJ ÈLIˆJ

 “È”, an additional suffix to the KLR a is attached to [R\-O ूdes in this chart.
 [R\-O ूdes modified for bg O are used as a basis.

Modification of Yƒ in bug O
If the KLR a is marked “S” in KLRM
a hmf, † is added before the additional suffix È. In this

case, È becomes É, together resulting in †É.

a takes place if applicable.
iT

O be (2P) in bug O (Second Future Tense) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

r° to be (1P) and YU to
O
* YU declines in the same manner as r° in bug O.

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)
III/1 III/2 III/3
a
ूyIZ‰~f  -  -<  -#
(3rd person) He will be Those two will be They will be

II/1
a
I¸IZ‰~f  -  -F< II/2  -F II/3

(2nd person) You will be You two will be You all will be

a
n¹IZ‰~f  -  I/1  - < I/2  -< I/3
(1st person) I will be We two will be We will be

50
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

i¾ u iR¿ O
iI (1PA) to go i[IÉ[R (he will go), i[IÉRf, i[IÉ[] ...
sW –xLeL‚ sL[{ sW O (1PS) to say, to tell s[WÉ[R (he will say), s[WÉRf, s[WÉ[] ...
O J
WLT WLX WL (3UA) to give WLÈ[R (he will give), WLÈRf, WLÈ[] ...
O
ÚaMu¼Ã MNTJ Mu (8UA) to do M[NÉ[R (he will do), M[NÉRf, M[NÉ[] ...
/M[NÉRJ, M[NÉJR,J M[NÉ]J, M[NÉUJ, M[NÉJy,J M[NÉéJ, M[NÉJ, M[NÉLsˆJ, M[NÉLIˆJ
IWa ¼  ˆ~Ó IWa O (1AS) to rejoice Ih[WÉRJ (he will rejoice), Ih[WÉJR,J Ih[WÉ]J …
O
Úabr¼ ~ bLrJ O
br (1AA) to obtain bïRJ (he will obtain), bïJR,J bï]J …
Xʼ ूLØrLSs J O
X (4AS) to be born [XÉRJ (he will be born), [XÉJR,J [XÉ]J …

Assignment on Conjugation in 2]3 #

Observe the elements in the forms and try to conjugate the above KLRsa for yourself.
O †É + [R (For combining Yƒ and [R\-O ूde, the same rules are for bg O are
E.g., rs +
applied.)
Do the bug O portion of Exercise #7 in the last part of this book.

51
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

4. ESQ  (Imperative Mood)

bhg O (Imperative Mood) is used to express a command, wish, etc.

Modification of [R\-O ूdes in bhg O

[R\-O ूdes modified for bhg O

ZNj kZW [parasmaipada] opX JZW [ātmanepada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person Ra RLI O Y] a RLI O O

†RLI/oRLI O O
Y]LI/YRLI O

2nd person -/[ˆ RI O R © O

†yLI/oyLI O éI O
1st person o[X os oI  osˆk oIˆk

In ZNj kZW,
 † of III/1 and III/3 becomes n.
 There will be no suffix for II/1 if the Yƒ ends with Y. Otherwise, [ˆ is the suffix.
 Others are like b\.O
 a o is added before suffix.
For n¹IZ‰~,
In opX JZW,
 The modified forms for bg O are used as the basis for further modifications.
 „ at the end becomes oI. O
 a „ at the end becomes .
In n¹IZ‰~,
 For II/1 and II/3, the suffixes are © and éI, O respectively.
 For III/2, III/3, and II/2, there are two types of endings. One is for the Yƒ ending
with Y, and the other is for the Yƒ not ending with Y.

Modification of Yƒ in bhg O
The formation of Yƒ is the same as for bg O (present tense) in both MRS[N and MIS[T
ूehis.

52
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

r° U¹LeLI –O r° to be (1P) in bhg O (Imperative Mood) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f   III/1
   III/2  # III/3

(3rd person) May he be May those two be May they be

a
I¸IZ‰~f  II/1
   II/2
  II/3

(2nd person) May you be May you two be May you all be

I/1 I/2 I/3

a
n¹IZ‰~f      
(1st person) May I be May we two be May we be

a
YU  a r[s O
YU (2P) to be Yð,a ðLI, O U],a „[K, ðI, O ð, YUL[X, YULs, YULI
i¾ u iR¿ O
iI (1P) to go i£R a (May he go), i£RLI, O i£]...
a

sW –xLeL‚ sL[{ sW O (1P) to say, to tell sWR,a sWRLI, O sW] a ...
Z³ –xLeL‚ sL[{ Z³ O (1P) to study Z³R,a Z³RLI, O Z³] a ...
±[m ूJ”TJ O
±m (1P) to see ZँeR,a ZँeRLI, O Zँe] a ...
L¼ i[R[Xsu¹¿ ÅL (1P) to stay [RR,a [RRLI, O [R]...
a

ju¼ [{]LeLI O ju (1P) to remember jNR,a jNRLI, O jN] a ...

Tm YWmSX J O
Xm (4P) to perish XँeR,a XँeRLI, O Xँe] a ...
Uu¼  [sUiÓ O
Uu (6P) to create UuR,a UuRLI, O Uu] a ...
O
ÚaMuà MNTJ Mu (8U) to do MNhR,a Ma‰RLI, O MasS],a Ma‰, Ma‰RI, O Ma‰R, MNsL[T, MNsLs, MNsLI
/Ma‰RLI, O MasLSRLI, O MasSRLI, O Ma‰ñ, MasLSyLI M
O a ‰éI, O MNsk, MNsLsˆk, MNsLIˆk

IWa ¼  ˆ~Ó IWa O (1A) to rejoice IhWRLI, O IhWJRLI, O IhW]LI, O IhW©, IhWJyLI, O IhWéI, O
IhWk, IhWLsˆk, IhWLIˆk
NI¼  a बlÚLeLI O O
NI (1A) to play, to rejoice
NIRLI, O NIJRLI, O NI]LI …
O
O
Úabr¼ ~ bLrJ O
br (1A) to obtain brRLI, O brJRLI, O br]LI …
O

Xʼ ूLØrLSs J O
X (4A) to be born LeRLI, O LeJRLI, O Le]LI …
O

IX¼ LX J O
IX (4A) to consider IÒRLI, O IÒJRLI, O IÒ]LI ...
O

53
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

ESQ  (Imperative Mood) – %9, ूJSTK (Passive Voice)

i¾ u iR¿ O
iI (1P) to go O
iàRLI (May it be reached), iàJRLI, O ià]LI, O
ià©, iàJyLI, O iàéI, O ià k, iàLsˆk, iàLIˆk
Z³ –xLeL‚ sL[{ Z³ O(1P) to study ZáRLI, O ZáJRLI, O Zá]LI ...
O

†~  a †£LeLI O O
†~ (6P) to wish †ÉRLI, O †ÉJRLI, O †É]LI ...
O

a  Î Ä Ih”TJ
I¼ { O
a (6U)
I{ a RLI, O Iâ
to set free Iâ a RJ LI, O Iâ O
a ]LI ...

L YsvhKX J L (9P) to know LeRLI, O LeJRLI, O Le]LI ...

O

mä mx¿ mM O (5P) to be able m¬RLI, O m¬JRLI, O m¬]LI ...

O

Œ”¼ WmSX J O
Œ” (1A) to see ŒåRLI, O ŒåJRLI, O Œå]LI ...
O
O
Úabr¼ ~ bLrJ O
br (1A) to obtain bòRLI, O bòJRLI, O bò]LI …
O
O
”I°¼ ~ UˆX J O
”I (1A) to pardon ”àRLI, O ”àJRLI, O ”à]LI ...
O

Assignment on Conjugation in 2p3 #

Observe the elements in the forms and try to conjugate the above KLRsa for yourself.
Do the bhg O portion of Exercise #7 in the last part of this book.

54
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

5. E=  (Simple Past Tense)

b\ O (Simple Past Tense) is used to express an action in the past, but not of today.

Modification of [R\-O ूdes in b\ O

[R\-O ूdes modified for b\ O
#
This is the standard for 2 !s with * # at the end ((*)-2 !).

ZNj kZW [parasmaipada] opX JZW [ātmanepada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person RO RLI O O

YX/nf R O
†RLI/oRLI O Y]/YR
2nd person : RI O R yLf O
†yLI/oyLI O éI O
1st person YI O s I † s[ˆ I[ˆ

In ZNj kZW,
 III/2, II/2, II/3, I/1 becomes RLI, O RI, O R, YI, O respectively.
 O the end disappear. For III/3, R also
For others, † and U at O disappears.
In opX JZW,
 For III/2, III/3, and II/2, there are two types of endings. One is for the Yƒ ending
with Y, and the other is for the Yƒ not ending with Y.
 Others remain in the original forms.

Modification of Yƒ in b\ O
The formation of Yƒ is the same as for bg O (present tense) in both MRS[N and MIS[T
ूehis.
An augment “Y” is added before the KLR.a
O iI (1P)
E.g., Qi£R = O O MRS[N/III/1
+ b\/
O Xm (4P)
E.g., ू + QXँeR = O O MRS[N/III/1
+ b\/
Note that the augment comes before the KLR,a not the nZUi.S
If the KLR a begins with vowel, “o” is added and su[« takes place with the beginning
letter of the KLR.a
O
E.g., „”R = Œ” (1A) O MRS[N/III/1 = o + Œ” + R
+ b\/

55
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

r° U¹LeLI –O r° to be (1P) in b\ O (Simple Past Tense) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f P   III/1 P   III/2 P   III/3
(3rd person) He was Those two were They all were

a
I¸IZ‰~f P < II/1
P   II/2
P  II/3

(2nd person) You were You two were You all were

a
n¹IZ‰~f P   I/1 P  I/2
P  I/3

(1st person) I was We two were We all were

O be (2P) in b\ O (Simple Past Tense) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

a – YU to
YU  a r[s

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f RK  III/1 R'  III/2 R  III/3
(3rd person) He was Those two were They all were

a
I¸IZ‰~f RK< II/1
R'  II/2
R' II/3

(2nd person) You were You two were You all were

a
n¹IZ‰~f R  I/1 R& I/2
R: I/3

(1st person) I was We two were We all were

i¾ u iR¿ O
iI (1P) to go O
Yi£R (he went), Yi£RLI, O Yi£X...O
sW –xLeL‚ sL[{ sW O (1P) to say O
YsWR (he O
said), YsWRLI, O YsWX ...
±[m ूJ”TJ O
±m (1P) to see O
YZँeR (he O
saw), YZँeRLI, O YZँeX ...
L¼ i[R[Xsu¹¿ ÅL (1P) to stay Y[RR, O Y[RRLI, O Y[RX...O
Tm YWmSX J O
Xm (4P) O
to perish YXँeR, O YXँeRLI, O YXँeX ...
Uu¼  [sUiÓ O
Uu (6P) to create YUuR, O YUuRLI,YUu O
O X ...
O
ÚaMuà MNTJ Mu (8U) to do YMNhR, O YMa‰RLI, O YMasSX, O YMNhf, YMa‰RI, O YMa‰R, YMNsI, O YMasS, YMaIS
O a sSR, YMayLSf, YMasLSyLI YM
/YMa‰R, YMasLSRLI,YM O a ‰éI, O YMa[sS, YMasS[ˆ, YMaIS[ˆ

Œ”¼ WmSX J O
Œ” (1A) to see ”R, ”JRLI, O ”], ”yLf, ”JyLI, O ”éI, O ”J, ”Ls[ˆ, ”LI[ˆ
56
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

IWa ¼  ˆ~Ó IWa O (1A) to rejoice YIhWR, YIhWJRLI, O YIhW] …

Xʼ ूLØrLSs J O
X (4A) to be born YLeR, YLeJRLI, O YLe] …

E=  (Simple past tense) – %9, ूJSTK (Passive Voice)

i¾ u iR¿ O
iI (1P) to go YiàR (It has been reached), YiàJRLI, O Yià] ...
Z³ –xLeL‚ sL[{ Z³ O (1P) to study YZáR (It has been studied), YZáJRLI, O YZá] ...
±[m ूJ”TJ O
±m (1P) to see Y±ँeR, Y±ँeJRLI, O Y±ँe] ...
Œ”¼ WmSX J O
Œ” (1A) to see åR, åJRLI, O å] ...
IX¼ LX J O
IX (4A) to consider YIÒR, YIÒJRLI, O YIÒ] ...

Assignment on Conjugation in 2* #
Observe the elements in the forms and try to conjugate the above KLRsa for yourself.
Do the b\ O portion of Exercise #7 in the last part of this book.

57
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

6. 9a9:9E=  (Potential Mood)

[s[K[b\ O (Potential Mood) is used to express a command, wish, etc., and also is used
O
in making a conditional or hypothetical sentence. E.g., ef ŒóN‚ jNJR RÈ mL[]f ÈLR ।O (If one
remembers Īśvara, there will be happiness for him.)

Modification of [R\-O ूdes in [s[K[b\ O

[R\-O ूdes modified for [s[K[b\ O

ZNj kZW [parasmaipada] opX JZW [ātmanepada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person O
†R/eLR O O
†RLI/eLRLI O †efa /efa ŒR ŒeLRLI O ŒNX O
2nd person †f/eLf O
†RI/eLRI O †R/eLR ŒyLU O ŒeLyLI O ŒéI O
1st person O
†eI/eLI O †s/eLs †I/eLI Œe Œs[ˆ ŒI[ˆ

 O
The standard ूdes for [\R are used as a basis.
In ZNj kZW,
 eL is attached before the ूdes.
 a .O
III/3 becomes eU
 If the Yƒ is ending with Y, the eL is replaced by †e. O The e is
O elided when ूde starts
O
with consonant. The Y at the end of Yƒ and † of †e together a
becomes „ by iT-U[Õf.
In opX JZW,
 O
III/3 and I/1 are replaced by NX and Y, respectively.
 O attached. The e at
Œe is O the end is elided when ूde starts with consonant.

Modification of Yƒ in [s[K[b\ O
The formation of Yƒ is the same as for bg O (present tense) in both MRS[N and MIS[T
ूehis.

58
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

r° U¹LeLI –O r° to be (1P) in [s[K[b\ O (Potential Mood) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f 
  III/1     III/2   < III/3
(3rd person) May he be May those two be May they be

a
I¸IZ‰~f  < II/1
    II/2
  II/3

(2nd person) May you be May you two be May you all be

a
n¹IZ‰~f     I/1   I/2

  I/3

(1st person) May I be May we two be May we be

i¾ u iR¿ O
iI (1P) to go O
i£JR (May one go), i£JRLI, O i£Jefa ...
Z³ –xLeL‚ sL[{ Z³ O (1P) to study O
Z³J R (May one study), Z³J RLI, O Z³J efa ...
±[m ूJ”TJ O
±m (1P) to see ZँeJR, O ZँeJRLI, O ZँeJefa ...
ju¼ [{]LeLI O ju (1P) to remember jNJR, O jNJRLI, O jNJefa ...
¸ k¼ [{]LeLI O ¸ k (1P) to contemplate ¸LeJR, O ¸LeJRLI, O ¸LeJefa ...
Tm YWmSX J O
Xm (4P) to perish XँeJR, O XँeJRLI, O XँeJefa ...
Uu¼  [sUiÓ O
Uu (6P) to create UuRJ , O UuRJ LI, O UueJ fa ...

O be (2P) in [s[K[b\ O (Potential Mood) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

a – YU to
YU  a r[s

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f 
v III/1 v  III/2 v< III/3
(3rd person) May he be May those two be May they be

a
I¸IZ‰~f v< II/1
v  II/2
v II/3

(2nd person) May you be May you two be May you all be

a
n¹IZ‰~f v  I/1 v I/2
v I/3

(1st person) May I be May we two be May we be

59
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

oZ Đ –L€¿ O
oZ (5P) a , O oõeLRLI
to pervade oõeLR a , O oõea fa ..
L YsvhKX J L (9P) to know LXleLR, O LXleLRLI, O LXlefa ,
O
ÚaMuà MNTJ Mu (8U) to do MaeLSR, O MaeLSRLI, O MaefaS , MaeLSf, MaeLSRI, O MaeLSR, MaeLSI, O MaeLSs, MaeLSI
O a s|NX, O Mas|yLf, Mas|eLyLI, O Mas|éI, O Mas|e, Mas|s[ˆ, Mas|I[ˆ
/Mas|R, Mas|eLRLI M
suR¼  a sRSX J O
suR (1A) to be sRÓR, sRÓeLRLI, O sRÓNX, O sRÓyLf, sRÓeLyLI, O sRÓéI, O sRÓe, sRÓs[ˆ, sRÓI[ˆ
O
Úabr¼ ~ bLrJ O
br (1A) to obtain
brJR, brJeLRLI, O brJNX, O brJyLf, brJeLyLI, O brJéI, O brJe, brJs[ˆ, brJI[ˆ
NI¼  a बlÚLeLI O NI (1A)
O to rejoice O
NIJR, NIJeLRLI, O NIJNX ...
IWa ¼  ˆ~Ó IWa O (1A) to rejoice O
IhWJR, IhWJeLRLI, O IhWJNX …
Xʼ ूLØrLSs J O
X (4A) to be born O
LeJR, LeJeLRLI, O LeJNX …
IX¼ LX J O
IX (4A) O
to consider IÒJR, IÒJeLRLI, O IÒJNX ...

9a9:9E=  (Potential mood) – %9, ूJSTK (Passive Voice)

i¾ u iR¿ O
iI (1P) to go iàJR (May it be reached), iàJeLRLI, O iàJNX, O
iàJyLf, iàJeLyLI, O iàJéI, O iàJe, iàJs[ˆ, iàJI[ˆ
±[mN OूJ”TJ O
±m (1P) to see O
±ँeJR, ±ँeJeLRLI, O ±ँeJNX ...
O
Úabr¼ ~ bLrJ O
br (1A) to obtain O
bòJR, bòJeLRLI, O bòJNX …

Assignment on Conjugation in (<(M(2* #

Observe the elements in the forms and try to conjugate the above KLRsa for yourself.
Do the [s[K[b\ O portion of Exercise #7 in the last part of this book.

60
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

7. ]ZX9E%=  (Benedictive Mood)

oml[bS\ O (Benedictive Mood) is used to express a wish or blessing.

Modification of [R\-O ूdes in oml[bS\ O

[R\-O ूdes modified for oml[bS\ O

ZNj kZW [parasmaipada] opX JZW [ātmanepada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person eLR O eLðLI O eLUfa UlÌ UleLðLI O UlNX O

2nd person eLf eLðI O eLð UlLf UleLÅLI O UléI O
1st person eLUI O eL© eLj Ule Uls[ˆ UlI[ˆ

 O
The standard ूdes for [\R are used as a basis.

In ZNj kZW,
 III/3 becomes nU. O
 O attached before the ूdes.
eLU is
 O eLU is
The U of O elided before III/1 and II/1.

In opX JZW,
 O
III/3 and I/1 are replaced by NX and Y, respectively.
 O attached before R and
U is O O ूdes
y of
 O attached. The e at
Ule is O the end is elided when the ूde starts with a consonant.

Modification of Yƒ in oml[bS\ O
a does not take place in ZNj kZW. In opXZJ W, iT
iT a takes place if applicable.

61
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

O be (2P) in oml[bS\ O (Benedictive Mood) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

r° to be (1P) and YU to
O
* YU declines in the same manner as r° in oml[bS\.O

LP K bXLP K S“LP K W”LP K


\d (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f 
B III/1 B'  III/2 B< III/3
(3rd person) May he be May those two be May they be

a
I¸IZ‰~f B< II/1
B'  II/2 B' II/3

(2nd person) May you be May you two be May you all be

a
n¹IZ‰~f B  I/1 B& I/2
B: I/3

(1st person) May I be May we two be May we be

i¾ u iR¿ O
iI (1P) to go O
iàLR (May one reach), iàLðLI, O iàLUfa ...
„K¼ su«¿ O
„K (1A) to grow „[K~lÌ, „[K~leLðLI, O „[K~lNX, O
„[K~lLf, „[K~leLÅLI, O „[K~léI, O „[K~le, „[K~ls[ˆ, „[K~lI[ˆ

Assignment on Conjugation in rsY(2@* #

Do the oml[bS\ O portion of Exercise #7 in the last part of this book.

62
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

8. b=  (General Past Tense)

t\ O (General Past Tense) is used to express an action in the general past.

Modification of [R\-O ूdes in t\ O

[R\-O ूdes modified for t\ O
O
The standard ूdes for [\R are used.

ZNj kZW [parasmaipada] opX JZW [ātmanepada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person RO RLI O O

YX/nU O R oRLI O Y]
2nd person : RI O R yLf oyLI O éI O
1st person YI O s I † s[ˆ I[ˆ

 O
The standard ूdes for [\R are used as a basis.
 To these standard forms, there are many changes according to KLR.a This is well
explained through Pā:ini-sūtras.

Modification of Yƒ in t\ O
According to KLR,a extra suffix U, O U, or Y is added.
Like for b\,O an augment “Y/o” is added before the Yƒ.

O be (2P) in t\ O (General Past Tense) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

r° to be (1P) and YU to
O
* YU declines in the same manner as r° in t\.O

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f PB  III/1 PB  III/2 PB   III/3
(3rd person) He was Those two were They all were

a
I¸IZ‰~f PB< II/1
PB  II/2
PB II/3

(2nd person) You were You two were You all were

a
n¹IZ‰~f PB   I/1 PB I/2
PB I/3

(1st person) I was We two were We all were

63
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

O
sW –xLeL‚ sL[{ sW O (1PS) to say, to tell YsLWlR (He said), YsL[WÌLI, O YsL[W~f,a
YsLWlf, YsL[WÌI, O YsL[WÌ, YsL[W~I, O YsL[Wñ, YsL[W
[sW LX J [sW O (2PS) to know YsJWlR, O YsJ[WÌLI, O YsJ[W~f,a
YsJWlf, YsJ[WÌI, O YsJ[WÌ, YsJ[K~I, O YsJ[Kñ, YsJ[W
i¾ u iR¿ O
iI (1PA) to go YiIR, O YiIRLI, O YiIX, O
YiIf, YiIRI, O YiIR, YiII, O YiILs, YiILI
a O
Ys ”Ti[RML[]ूl[RRuösiIूsJmौsT©LàyeS L{X[बeJøLWlösLöL[bƒX[ˆ‚ULWLXrLisu[«~ sW
O
Ys (1PS) to say, to defend, to please, to satisfy, to like, etc.
oslR, O o[sÌLI, O o[s~f,a
oslf, o[sÌI, O o[sÌ, o[s~I, O o[sñ, o[s
ौ a ौsTJ ौ a (1PA) to listen Yौ¿~lR, O Yौ¿ÌLI, O Yौ¿~f,a
Yौ¿~lf, Yौ¿ÌI, O Yौ¿Ì, Yौ¿~I, O Yौ¿ñ, Yौ¿
„K¼ su«¿ O
„K (1AS) to grow [KÌ, [K~LRLI, O [K~R,
[KLf, [K~LyLI, O [KùI, O [K[~, [Kñ[ˆ, [K[ˆ
WlZʼ Wl€¿ O
WlZ (4A) to shine YWl[Z/YWl[ZÌ, YWl[Z~LRLI, O YWl[Z~R,
YWl[ZLf, YWl[Z~LyLI, O YWl[ZùI, O YWl[Z[~, YWl[Zñ[ˆ, YWl[Z[ˆ

Note: when used with IL, a word indidicating prohibition, a verb in t\ O does not
convey the sense of past. It simply conveys “Do not do …”. In this case, the augment Y/o
is not attached. E.g., IL r°f। Do not be.

Assignment on Conjugation in q* #
Do the t\ O portion of Exercise #7 in the last part of this book.

64
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

9. Ec=  (Conditional Mood)

bu\ O (Conditional Mood) is used to express a condition. [R\]s in bu\ O are rarely seen.

Modification of [R\-O ूdes in bu\ O

[R\-O ूdes modified for bu\ O

ZNj kZW [parasmaipada] opX JZW [ātmanepada]

Singular Dual Plural Singular Dual Plural

3rd person ÈR O ÈRLI O ÈX O ÈR ÈJRLI O È]

2nd person Èf ÈRI O ÈR ÈyLf ÈJyLI O ÈéI O
1st person ÈI O ÈLs ÈLI ÈJ ÈLs[ˆ ÈLI[ˆ

 O
The standard ूdes for [\R are used as a basis.
 “È”, an additional suffix to the KLR,a is attached to [R\-O ूdes in this chart.

Modification of Yƒ in bu\ O
If the KLR a is marked “S” in KLRM
a hmf, † is added before È, the additional suffix. In this

case, È becomes É, together resulting in †É.

a takes place if applicable.
iT
Like for b\,O an augment “Y/o” is added before the Yƒ.

O be (2P) in bu\ O (Conditional Mood) – MRS[N ूehif (Active Voice)

r° to be (1P) and YU to
O
* YU declines in the same manner as r° in bu\.O

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

a
Z‰~f (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

a
ूyIZ‰~f P -  III/1 P -  III/2 P -  III/3
(3rd person) He could be Those two could be They all could be

a
I¸IZ‰~f P -< II/1
P -  II/2
P - II/3

(2nd person) You could be You two could be You all could be

a
n¹IZ‰~f P -  I/1 P - I/2
P - I/3

(1st person) I could be We two could be We all could be

65
 Topic VI – Conjugation in other bMLNs

O
ÚaMu¼Ã MNTJ O
Mu (8U) to do YM[NÉR (He O
could have done), YM[NÉRLI, O YM[NÉX …
/YM[NÉR, YM[NÉJRLI, O YM[NÉ],
YM[NÉyLf, YM[NÉJyLI, O YM[NÉéI, O YM[NÉJ, YM[NÉLs[ˆ, YM[NÉLI[ˆ

Examples:

Usua [Ìf 1/1 {JR 0O Yr[sÉR III/1

O a
RWL 0 U[r”I O Yr[sÉR III/1
1/1
O ।

If there were a good rain, then it could have been plenty of food.
O
e[W „RW O [ss[”RI Yr[sÉR , O Uf RR YsåR
O ।O
If this was intended, he would have said that.

66
 a
Topic VII – The Concept of Nouns (Uv]I O
[subantam])

Topic VII

The Concept of
1
Nouns (02& 
[subantam])

B
1. What is noun (0g> 
[subantam])?

As seen so far, there are only two types of words in Sanskrit language: verb ([R\]‚
ZWI),O that which ends (Y]) with verbal suffix ([R\)O , and noun (Uv]‚
a ZWI),O that which ends
with nominal suffix (UZa ).O
In a sentence in Sanskrit, there has to be one verb, either written or implied. All
other words are nouns. All these nouns are connected to the verb, either directly or
indirectly.
A noun conveys a thing or person and how it is connected to the verb in the
sentence.

B
2. Constituents of noun (0g> 
[subantam])

a
The literal meaning of Uv]I O that which ends with UZa [sup].
is O
O a type of ूdef (suffix), which can be called nominal suffix.
UZa is
a
Uv]I O
consists of two elements:

a
Noun (Uv]I O
[subantam])
O
= Nominal base (ूL[RZ[WMI [prātipadikam]) O
+ Nominal suffix (UZa -ूdef [sup-pratyaya4])

O
A ूL[RZ[WMI [prātipadikam] O
indicates a thing or a person. UZa -ूdef [sup-pratyaya4]
indicates how that thing or person is connected to the verb in a sentence.

67
 a
Topic VII – The Concept of Nouns (Uv]I O
[subantam])

O
By suffixing different nominal suffixes (UZa -ूdes) to a ूL[RZ[WMI, O according to the
a
relationship to the verb and the number, different forms of nouns (Uv]s) are produced.
This is what we call “declension of noun”.
Observe how a noun is declined from a single ूL[RZ[WM into twenty-one different
forms by suffixing twenty-one different suffixes according to seven types of cases and
three numbers.

ूIST\SNX K V\ ूK Q (nominal suffixes) 

VWO K
(nouns)
(nominal base)
Num. Sing Plu- Num. Sing-
Case Dual Case Dual Plural
-ular ral ular
1st case U a ž U O 1st case NLIf NLI¿ NLILf
NLI
+ 2nd case YI O žg O mU O = 2nd case NLII O NLI¿ NLILX O
[rāma]
3rd case gL òLI O [rU O 3rd case NLIJT NLILòLI O NLIkf
4th case \J òLI O òU O 4th case NLILe NLILòLI O NLIJòf
5th case \[U òLI O òU O 5th case NLILR O NLILòLI O NLIJòf
6th case \U O œU O oI O 6th case NLIÈ NLIehf NLILTLI O
7th case [\ œU O UZa O 7th case NLIJ NLIehf NLIJ~ a

O
That which immediately precedes the suffix is called Yƒ [a^ga]. So, when a UZa -ूde
[sup-pratyaya] is suffixed to a ूL[RZ[WM, the ूL[RZ[WM is given the status of Yƒ. It is the Yƒ
O
which then undergoes any necessary modifications based on the UZa -ूde. O
UZa -ूdes also
undergo some changes based on gender and ending-letter of the ूL[RZ[WM.

NLI This is original ूL[RZ[WM by itself.

(ूL[RZ[WMI)O
NLI + \J O
A UZa -ूde is suffixed. Then ूL[RZ[WM gains the status of Yƒ.
(YƒI)O (ूdef)
NLI + e O
UZa -ूde is modified according to gender and ending letter of ूL[RZ[WM.
NLIL + e O
Yƒ is modified according to UZa -ूde.

68
 a
Topic VII – The Concept of Nouns (Uv]I O
[subantam])

3. Classification of ू9$792 [prātipadika]

ूL[RZ[WMs are classified in two ways:

i. Gender (masculine, feminine, and neuter)
ii. Ending letter of ूL[RZ[WM

This two-fold classification is the factor which makes the difference in declension
among different ूL[RZ[WMs.

i. Genders

In Sanskrit language, there are three genders for nouns.

1. Masculine (Z-‚ a [bƒf [pu¡-li^ga4])
2. Feminine (‹l-[bƒf [strī-li^ga4])
‚ a M-[bƒf [napu¡saka-li^ga4])
3. Neuter (XZU

Every ूL[RZ[WM has one of the genders in two ways:

A. Some ूL[RZ[WMs intrinsically have their own gender.
B. Some ूL[RZ[WMs are adjective/qualifier. Then the gender of the qualified is
given to the ूL[RZ[WM.

A. ूL[RZ[WMs which have genders intrinsically.

Gender is just given to a ूL[RZ[WM in the language.
E.g., su” (tree) is a masculine ूL[RZ[WM.
E.g., ILbL (garland) is a feminine ूL[RZ[WM.
E.g., úb (fruit) is a neuter ूL[RZ[WM.
E.g., WJˆ (body) is a masculine ूL[RZ[WM.
E.g., RX° (body) is a feminine ूL[RZ[WM.
E.g., mNlN (body) is a neuter ूL[RZ[WM.
The gender of ूL[RZ[WM and the actual gender of the meaning of the ूL[RZ[WM do not
have to match.
E.g., WLN (wife) is a masculine ूL[RZ[WM.

69
 a
Topic VII – The Concept of Nouns (Uv]I O
[subantam])

E.g., WJsRL (deity) is a feminine ूL[RZ[WM.

Gender can be decided by how the ूL[RZ[WM was derived.
E.g., LX, WLX, ULKX, MNT are neuter ूL[RZ[WMs.
E.g., Rû, IIa ”
a Á
a , skNLêe, ¬ are neuter ूL[RZ[WMs.

E.g., m[x, ूMu [R, I[a x, r[x are feminine ूL[RZ[WMs.

One ूL[RZ[WM can have more than one gender.
E.g., †~ a (arrow) is a masculine and feminine ूL[RZ[WM.
One ूL[RZ[WM can have more than one meaning, and according to the meaning, the
gender may differ.
E.g., [Iऽ in the sense of friend is a neuter ूL[RZ[WM.
E.g., [Iऽ in the sense of the Sun God is a masculine ूL[RZ[WM.

B. ूL[RZ[WMs which do not have gender of their own

Gender is given to a ूL[RZ[WM by another word which is qualified by the ूL[RZ[WM.
E.g., When Wlª S (tall) is qualifying su” (tree, masculine), it is used as masculine.
WlªfS su”f (a tall tree)
a (white) is qualifying ILbL (garland, feminine), it is used as
E.g., When mü
feminine.10
a L ILbL (a white garland)
mü
E.g., When Z[RR (fallen) is qualifying úb (fruit, neuter), it is used as neuter.
O fruit is fallen.)
úb‚ Z[RRI (a

ii. Ending letters

Ending letter is as important as gender in terms of how ूL[RZ[WM declines.

For some ूL[RZ[WMs, the manner of declension is not only influenced by the last letter,
but also by the last two letters, or how the word was derived.

10
If applicable, a feminine suffix (•ू Q ) such as y or u is suffixed.

70
 a
Topic VII – The Concept of Nouns (Uv]I O
[subantam])

Distinguishing ू ()l(X by gender and ending letter

Conventionally, letters in Sanskrit are named by adding “MLN” at the end.

E.g., Y is called YMLN. o is called oMLN.
O called XMLN. (Y is added after the consonant, before
O called UMLN. X is
E.g., U is
“MLN”, for the purpose of pronunciation.)
ूL[RZ[WMs are given conventional names according to the two ways of classification
(gender and ending letter).
E.g., NLI is Y-ending masculine ूL[RZ[WM (YMLN-Y]-Z[‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMI).O
E.g., ILbL is o-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WM (oMLN-Y]-‹l[bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMI).O
O {-ending
E.g., sL{ is O feminine ूL[RZ[WM ({MLN-Y]-‹l[bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMI).O
O U-ending
E.g., IXU is O ‚ a M[bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMI).O
neuter ूL[RZ[WM (UMLN-Y]-XZU
Some ूL[RZ[WMs have to be identified by the last few letters because of differences in
declension.
O YX-ending
E.g., opX is O O
masculine ूL[RZ[WM (YX-Y]-Z [‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMI).O
O †X-ending
E.g., eh[iX is O O
masculine ूL[RZ[WM (†X-Y]-Z [‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMI).O
Some ूL[RZ[WMs have to be identified by how the ूL[RZ[WMs are derived because of
differences in declension.
O IRZ a -suffix-ending
E.g., risR is O masculine ूL[RZ[WM (IR- a Y]-Z[‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMI).O
O mRu- suffix-ending masculine ूL[RZ[WM (mRu- Y]-Z[‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMI).O
E.g., Z{R is

More basic categorization of ूL[RZ[WMs is:

• Vowel-ending (Y] [ajanta]) 11, that which ends (Y]) with vowel (Y{)O
• Consonant-ending (ˆb] [halanta]), that which ends (Y]) with consonant (ˆb)O

11
Refer IhMvYV–ऽIS‹ in Volume 2 for nP, K abbreviation of vowels. Also, refer Pā>ini-sūtra 8.2.39 in
K
h‡-VS˜ K nP changes
in Volume 2 for how P of K K n€O.
into € in

71
 a
Topic VII – The Concept of Nouns (Uv]I O
[subantam])


4. Nominal suffix (07B -ूIJK [sup-pratyayaM])

O
UZa -ूdes indicate two things.
i. Case ((<=(‡A [vibhaktiD])
There are seven cases ([sr[xs) from 1st to 7th, whose meanings ([sr[x-YyLSf)
will be studied in the next topic.
#
ii. Number (<wL" [vacanam])
There are three numbers (s{Xs): singular („M-s{XI),O dual ([z-s{XI),O and
plural (vº-s{XI).O

O
By these two factors (case and number), every suffix of twenty-one UZa -ूdes is
unique, as seen in the chart below.

Number
Singular Dual Plural
Case
1st case U  a [su] ž [au] O
U [jas]

2nd case O
YI [am] žg O [au8] O
mU [śas]

3rd case gL [8ā] O

òLI [bhyām] O
[rU [bhis]

4th case \J [^e] O

òLI [bhyām] O
òU [bhyas]

5th case \[U [^asi] O

òLI [bhyām] O
òU [bhyas]

6th case O
\U [^as] O
œU [os] O
oI [ām]

7th case [\ [^i] O

œU [os] O
UZa [sup]

O
UZa -ूdes are suffixed to ूL[RZ[WM to convey:
i. The role which the ूL[RZ[WM plays in the sentence by case ([sr[xf)
ii. The number of ूL[RZ[WM by number (s{XI)O

72
 a
Topic VII – The Concept of Nouns (Uv]I O
[subantam])

B
5. Objectives of learning 0g> 

The objectives are to be able to:

1) Identify ूL[RZ[WM, [sr[x and s{X
a
The Uv]‚ O
ZWI will be marked in the format of:
a
Uv]I O ूL[RZ[WMI +
= O UZa ([sr[xf/s{XI
O )O
E.g., NLILe = NLI (Rāma) + 4th case/Singular
= NLI + 4/1
2) Determine the meaning of [sr[x ([sr[x-Yy)S and connect to appropriate word in the
sentence.

O L in the form of asking and answering

This can be done by fulfilling oML\”

questions. This method is explained by the example below.

a
For example, in the sentence “NLIf UlReL Uˆ ZýL[T Zँe[R ।”

O
1) Locate the [R\]ZW first and mark it. Zँe[R ±m (1P) to see + bg O/MRS[N/III/1

a
2) Mark all the Uv]ZWs - “NLIf 1/1
a
UlReL 3/1 Uˆ 0 ZýL[T 2/3
Zँe[R III/1 ।”

a
3) Find out the [sr[x-Yy S for each Uv]ZW by asking questions such as "who is the agent of

the action of [R\]?", "what is the object of the action of [R\]?". Examples follow:

Q: Who sees? (Mf 1/1 Zँe[R?) – Look for 1st case since in MR[S N ूehif the MRLS takes 1st case.
A: NLIf 1/1 Zँe[R – Of the word NLIf, ूL[RZ[WM is NLI, which is YMLNL]-Z[‚ a bƒmÂf in MRS[N ूyIL
to Zँe[R, in singular (1/1).

Q: What does he see? (ML[X 2/3 Zँe[R?) – Look for 2nd case since in MRS[N ूehif undenoted
MIS is told in 2nd case.
a
A: ZýL[T 2/3
a
Zँe[R – Of the word ZýL[T, a which is YMLNL]-XZU
ूL[RZ[WM is Zý, ‚ a M[bƒmÂf, in
MIS[T [zRleL to Zँe[R, in plural (2/3)

Q: With whom does he see? (MeL 3/1 Uˆ Zँe[R?) – Look for 3rd case since a word
connected to Uˆ (together) is told in 3rd case.
A: UlReL 3/1 Uˆ 0 Zँe[R – Of the word UlReL, ूL[RZ[WM is UlRL, which is oMLNL]-‹l[bƒmÂf,
O
in Uˆ RuRleL in singular (3/1); Uˆ is Y–eI (0).

73
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

Topic VIII
Meanings of case endings
(#456789 [vibhaktyarthā<])

This section will be well comprehended when studied along with the next topics on
declension.

Basic concepts of 9a`9iK [vibhaktiM] (case ending)

O
In Sanskrit language, every noun ends with a nominal suffix (UZa -ूdef [sup-
pratyaya4]).
O
Nominal suffixes (UZa -ूdes) are twenty-one in number and they are divided into
seven cases ([sr[xs [vibhakti]s) and three numbers, as seen in the chart below.
O
[sr[xf literally means “division”. The UZa -ूdes are divided into seven, and each
division is called “ूyIL [sr[xf (1st division)”, “[zRleL [sr[xf (2nd division)”, and so on.

O
[sr[x (Division) of UZa -ूdes (nominal suffixes)

Number
Singular Dual Plural
[sr[xf (division)
ूyIL [prathamā] (1st) V‚  €V K

[zRleL [dvitīyā] (2nd) n K } K cV K

RuRleL [t3tīyā] (3rd) }I I K SHV K

{Rya | [caturthī] (4th) UM I K V K

Z}Il [pañcamī] (5th) USV‚ I K V K

~l [7a78hī] (6th) UV K ƒV K y K

U€Il [saptamī] (7th) SU ƒV K V\ K

74
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

Each [sr[x conveys different meanings. The meaning (Yy S [artha]) of [sr[x is called
[sry S [vibhaktyartha]. A [sry S expresses the role of ूL[RZ[WM played in the sentence.

The seven [sr[xs are employed to convey two things:

A.  ! (factors of action)

When a [sr[x is conveying MLNM [kāraka], it is called MLNM-[sr[xf.

Refer back to the topic of MLNM, if necessary.

B. Things other than  ! (non- !)

When a [sr[x is conveying things other than MLNM, it is called non-MLNM-[sr[xf.

[sr[xs are called by different names as seen in the chart below. To avoid the
possible confusion caused by mixing up MLNM and [sr[x, in this book we refer to the [sr[x
by the numerical names (1, ूyIL, or 1st case) rather than the other names (nominative, etc.),
which are also associated with MLNM.

Different names for [sr[xs

SLHSZ Case English term

ूyIL [sr[xf 1st case Nominative

[zRleL [sr[xf 2nd case Accusative

RuRleL [sr[xf 3rd case Instrumental

{Rya | [sr[xf 4th case Dative

Z}Il [sr[xf 5th case Ablative

~l [sr[xf 6th case Genitive

U€Il [sr[xf 7th case Locative

75
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

1. ूj 9a`9iK (First Case)

1st case is employed to express:

A. MLNM-[sr[xf

MRLS (agent) of a [R\] (verb) in MRS[N ूehi (active voice)

The 1st case which is in the sense of MRLS is called )@(! ू?" [kartari prathamā]

E.g., WJsW¹f 1/1 Zँe[R III/1 । (Devadatta sees.)

• The verb is in MRS[N ूehi (active voice).

• With reference to the action of the verb, WJsW¹ is MRLS.
• Thus WJsW¹ is in the 1st case.

MIS (object) in MIS[T ूehi (passive voice)

The 1st case which is in the sense of MIS is called "@(N ू?" [karmaOi prathamā]

E.g., iLf 1/3 ±ँe]J III/3 । (The elephants are seen.)

• The verb is in MIS[T ूehi (passive voice).

• With reference to the action of the verb, i is MIS.
• Thus i is in the 1st case.

B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf

O
Address to get the attention of the listener (U
hKXI [sambodhanam])

O ZL[ˆ II/1 । (Oh Rāma! protect me.)

E.g., ˆJ 0 NLI S/1 ILI 2/1
O ZLR II/3 । (Oh Devas! protect me.)
E.g., ˆJ 0 WJsLf S/3 ILI 2/1
• Even though there are only seven [sr[xs and U
hKX is a type of 1st case, the
letter S is utilized for indicating U
hKX in this book. This is because for some
words the singular form of U
hKX is different from the general 1st case singular
form. E.g., NLIf 1/1, NLI S/1.

76
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

2. 9k$XJ 9a`9iK (Second Case)

2nd case is employed to express:

A. MLNM-[sr[xf

MIS (object) in MRS[N ूehi (active voice)

The 2nd case which is in the sense of MIS is called "@(N (‰)YS [karmaOi dvitīyā]

O Zँe[R III/1 । (Devadatta sees elephants.)

E.g., WJsW¹f 1/1 iLX 2/3

• The verb is in MRS[N ूehi (active voice).

• With reference to the action of the verb, i is MIS.
• Thus i is in the 2nd case.

A destination of a going or moving action is also considered to be a MIS (object).

4th case is also taken optionally.

O / or मLILe 4/1 i£[R III/1 । (Devadatta goes to village.)

E.g., WJsW¹f 1/1 मLII 2/1

• मLI is MIS of the [R\], therefore it is in the 2nd or 4th case.

B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf

A word connected to the following words: (These words “govern” the 2nd case.)

o ू[R (indeclinable, towards)

O ू[R 0 †£L 1/1 rs[R III/1 । (There is a desire towards liberation.)

E.g., Ih”I 2/1

o YX a (indeclinable, in keeping with, following)

O vhK[R III/1 ।
O YX a 0 Uf 1/1 sJWLX 2/3
E.g., nZWJmI 2/1

(He understands the Vedas in keeping with the teaching.)

o Y]NJT (indeclinable, without)

E.g., ZऽI O Y]NJT 0 WJsW¹f 1/1 X 0 RÉ

a 2/1 a [R III/1 ।

(Without the son, Devadatta is not happy.)

77
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

3. $c$XJ 9a`9iK (Third Case)

3rd case is employed to convey:

A. MLNM-[sr[xf
O
MNTI (instrument)

O called !N )])YS [karaOe t_tīyā]

The 3rd case which is in the sense of MNTI is

O ½LW[R III/1 । (Devadatta eats the rice by hand.)

E.g., 1) WJsW¹f 1/1 ˆðJX 3/1 œWXI 2/1

E.g., 2) œWXf 1/1 ˆðJX 3/1 ½LßRJ III/1 । (The rice is eaten by hand.)
• ˆð, a means to accomplish the action, is MNTI, O therefore it is in the 3rd case.

MRLS (agent) in MIS[T ूehi (passive voice)

The 3rd case which is in the sense of MRLS is called )@(! )])YS [kartari t_tīyā]

E.g., 3) œWXf 1/1 WJsW¹JX 3/1 ˆðJX 3/1 ½LßRJ III/1 । (The rice is eaten by Devadatta by hand.)

• WJsW¹ is MRLS of the [R\], therefore it is in the 3rd case.

B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf
ˆJR a (cause) of an action
The 3rd case which is in the sense of ˆJR a is called b)Š )])YS [hetau t_tīyā]

E.g., 1) ZeJ a
a X 3/1 IXÉÁI O brRJ
2/1 III/1
। (One gains human birth because of pu:ya.)
• a is ˆJR,a therefore it is in the 3rd case.
Ze

An indication through which a given thing is known

The 3rd case in the sense of the indication is called |‹k=)x  )])YS [ittha`bhūte t_tīyā]

E.g., 1) ŒóNf 1/1 Usf 3/3 Z kf 3/3 YsiàRJ III/1 ।

(Īśvara is understood in the form of everything.)
O ©ZJT 3/1 [R[R III/1 ।
E.g., 2) „RR 1/1
(This remains in its own form.)

A word connected to “Uˆ” (indeclinable, with) which governs 3rd case

The 3rd case used for a word connected to “Uˆ” is called 6b-)])YS [saha-t_tīyā]

E.g., b¥TJX 3/1 Uˆ 0 NLIf 1/1 i£[R III/1 । (Rāma goes with Lak7ma:a.)

78
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

B 9a`9iK (Fourth Case)

4. l$jm

4th case is employed to convey:

A. MLNM-[sr[xf

O
UVWLXI (recipient of action of giving, etc.)

O called 6X L w)?Ž

The 4th case which is in the sense of UVWLXI is 7 [sampradāne caturthī]

O WWL[R III/1 । (Devadatta gives money to a priest.)

E.g., 1) WJsW¹f 1/1 [zLe 4/1 KXI 2/1

• [z, the recipient of action, is UVWLXI, O therefore it is in the 4th case.

O nZ[Wm[R III/1 ।
E.g., 2) o{LeSf 1/1 [mÉJòf 4/3 mL‹I 2/1

(Teacher teaches the scripture to the disciples.)

• [mÉ, to whom the agent wants to connect by the action, is UVWLXI, O thus it is in
the 4th case.

B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf

Purpose of action.

a
E.g., 1) ZeLe 4/1 O eRJ
WJsLX 2/3 III/1
। (One worships devas to gain puṇya.)

A word connected to the following words which govern 4th case.

o XIf (indeclinable, salutation)

E.g., [msLe 4/1 XIf 0 । (Salutation to Śiva.)
o ©[ð (indeclinable, welfare)
J f 4/3। (May there be welfare for the people.)
E.g., ©[ð 0 Xò
o ©LˆL (indeclinable, an exclamation used in making oblations to the gods)
E.g., †•Le 4/1 ©LˆL 0 । (This oblation is to Indra.)
o Etc.

79
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

5. 7nX 9a`9iK (Fifth Case)

5th case is employed to convey:

A. MLNM-[sr[xf

O
YZLWLXI (origin, etc.)

O called Ql X L l"Y [apādāne pañcamī]

The 5th case which is in the sense of YZLWLXI is

O su”LR 5/1
E.g., 1) úbI 1/1 O ZR[R III/1 । (The fruit falls from the tree.)

• su”, origin of action, is YZLWLXI, O therefore it is in the 5th case.

O [vrJ[R III/1 । (Devadatta is afraid of the tiger.)

E.g., 2) WJsW¹f 1/1 –LयLR 5/1

• –Lय, source of fear, is YZLWLXI, O therefore it is in the 5th case.

O N”[R III/1 । (Īśvara protects people from sorrow.)

O XNLX 2/3
E.g., 3) ŒóNf 1/1 Øf½LR 5/1

• Øf½, from which one is protected, is YZLWLXI, O therefore it is in the 5th case.

O MIbI 1/1
E.g., 4) bLR 5/1 O LeRJ III/1 । (Lotus is born of water.)

• b, cause of birth, is YZLWLXI, O therefore it is in the 5th case.

O –LMNTI 2/1
E.g., 5) nZL¸LeLR 5/1 O YKlRJ III/1 । (He studies grammar from the teacher.)

• nZL¸Le, a teacher of formal learning, is YZLWLXI, O therefore it is in the 5th case.

80
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf

ˆJR a (cause) of an action [b)Š l"Y]

The 5th case which is in the sense of ˆJR a is called b)Š l"Y [hetau pañcamī]
O †[R 0 K°ILR 5/1
E.g., 1) ZsSRf 1/1 s[ILX 1/1 O LeRJ III/1 ।
(“The mountain has fire.” is known beucase of smoke.)

A thing or person from which another thing or person is distinguished.

The 5th case used for such word is called (<=‡ l"Y [vibhakte pañcamī]

O UdI 1/1
E.g., 1) I¿XLR 5/1 O [s[mÉRJ III/1 । (Speaking truth is greater than silence.)

A referential point for words of direction in time and space. ([WÂs)

The 5th case used for a word connected to [W is called (X‘Sp\ l"Y [digyoge pañcamī]
o Z°s S (before, east)
O Z°sfS 1/1 U‚ULNf 1/1 । (Before the knowledge, there is U‚ULN.)
E.g., LXLR 5/1
o ZN (after, superior)
O ZNf 1/1 Ih”f 1/1 । (After the knowledge, there is Ih”.)
E.g., LXLR 5/1
o n¹N (after, above, north)
O rLiLR 5/1
E.g., „RjLR 5/1 O n¹Nf1/1 rLif 1/1 Y[ð III/1 ।

(After this section, there is a section.)

o ूLM O (indeclinable, before)
O ूLM O 0 Y LXI 1/1
E.g., LXLR 5/1 O oUlR III/1
O ।
(Before the knowledge there was ignorance.)
O
o YX]NI (indeclinable, after)
O YX]NI 0O I[ÐNI 2/1
E.g., LXLR 5/1 O i£[R III/1 ।

(After bathing he goes to the temple.)

81
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

A word connected to the following words, which govern 5th case.

o YÒ (pronoun, another, other)

E.g., Mu O YÒf 1/1 UIyfS 1/1 X 0 Y[ð III/1 । (Nobody is capable other than Mu
LR 5/1 .)
o †RN (pronoun, the other)
O †RNf 1/1 sLIf 1/1 । (Left (hand) is the other than right (hand).)
E.g., W[”TLR 5/1
o [r (adjective, different)
O „~f 1/1 [r f 1/1 rs[R III/1 । (This is different from that.)
E.g., RjLR 5/1
o ŠRJ (indeclinable, without)
O ŠRJ 0 [sóI 1/1
E.g., ŒóNLR 5/1 O X 0 sRSR J III/1 । (Without ŒóN, there is no world.)

A word connected to the following words which govern 2nd, 3rd and 5th case.

o ZuyM O (indeclinable, without, apart from)

E.g., NLII 2/1 O ZuyM O 0 Mu
O / NLIJT 3/1/ NLILR 5/1 O i£[R III/1 ।
f 1/1 XiNI 2/1
(Without NLI Mu goes to the city.)
o [sXL (indeclinable, without, except)
O / LXXJ 3/1/ LXLR 5/1
E.g., LXI 2/1 O [sXL 0 U½I O X 0 rs[R III/1 ।
a 1/1

(Without knowledge there is no happiness.)

82
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

6. opX 9a`9iK (Sixth Case)

6th case is employed to convey:

B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf

U
Õ (connection, relationship) of a noun with another noun

The 6th case used in the sense of connection is called 6’“ u”Y [sambandhe vav•hī]

o In a phrase such as “A of B” or “A for B”, the B takes 6th case.

O । (The house of WJsW¹)
E.g., WJsW¹È 6/1 iuˆI 1/1
O U½I
E.g., rxLXLI 6/3 O । (Happiness for the devotees)
a 1/1

o In a sentence such as “A has B”, the A takes 6th case.

a
E.g., WJsW¹È 6/1 ZðMI O Y[ð III/1। (Devadatta has a book.)
1/1

o An abstract noun is often connected to 6th case ending word.

o Literally translated, “A has the status of B”. Simply translated, “A is B”.
O ।
E.g., WJsW¹È 6/1 Y[KML[NÁI 1/1
= WJsW¹ has the status of a qualified person.
= WJsW¹ is a qualified person. (WJsW¹f 1/1 Y[KMLNl 1/1 ।)

O । (Because of the absence of a pot)

E.g., ªgÈ 6/1 YrLsLR 5/1
= ªg has the absence.
= ªg is absent. = ªg is not there. (ªgf 1/1 X 0 Y[ð III/1।)

A group from which a selection ([XKLSNT) is made

The 6th case used for that group is called (LM !@ N u”Y [nirdhāraOe vav•hī]
Note that the selection belongs to the group. This is the difference from [srxJ Z}Il.
E.g., NLIb¥Tehf 6/2 NLIf 1/1 “Jf 1/1 । (Of NLI and b¥T, NLI is the elder.)
E.g., úbLXLI 6/3 O IKNRII
O oॆúbI 1/1 a O । (Among the fruits, mango is the sweetest.)
1/1

83
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

7. 0qX 9a`9iK (Seventh Case)

7th case is employed to convey:

A. MLNM-[sr[xf

O
Y[KMNTI (locus of agent or object of action)

O called Q(M!N 6–"Y [adhikaraOe saptamī]

The 7th case used in the sense of Y[KMNTI is

E.g., 1) WJsW¹f 1/1 IˆLXUJ 7/1 Z{[R III/1 । (Devadatta cooks in the kitchen.)

• IˆLXU, locus of agent, is Y[KMNTI, O therefore it is in the 7th case.

O Z{[R III/1 । (Devadatta cooks rice in a vessel.)

E.g., 2) WJsW¹f 1/1 ZLऽJ 7/1 œWXI 2/1

• ZLऽ, locus of object, is Y[KMNTI, O therefore it is in the 7th case.

a 7/1 [ Í[R III/1 । (Devadatta feels affection in his son.)

E.g., 3) WJsW¹f 1/1 ZऽJ

• a locus of interest or subject matter, is Y[KMNTI, O therefore it is in the 7th case.

Zऽ,
• When Y[KMNT is particularly locus of interest or subject matter, the 7th case is
conventionally called [s~e-U€Il [vivaya-saptamī].

84
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf

A word indicating an action

The 7th case used in such sense is called 6() 6–"Y [sati saptamī]

a 7/1 U[R 7/1 WJsW¹f 1/1 iuˆJ 7/1 [R[R III/1 ।

E.g., 1) “when there is A, ~” ZऽJ
(When the son is there, Devadatta stays at home.)

E.g., 2) “when A is A’, ~” a 7/1 ZÌJa 7/1 U[R 7/1 WJsW¹f 1/1 RÌa f 1/1 rs[R III/1 ।
ZऽJ
( When the son is nourished, Devadatta is happy.)

o These sentences can be paraphrased in “eWL (when) ~, RWL (then) ~” structure.

a rs[R RWL WJsW¹f iuˆJ [R[R ।

E.g., 1) eWL Zऽf

a ZÌf
E.g., 2) eWL Zऽf a rs[R RWL WJsW¹f RÌa f rs[R ।

O
o “U[R” is a 7th case singular declension of “UR (being)”.

o The gender and number agree with those of the noun.

• In masculine
[s~eJ 7/1 U[R 7/1 - when there is an object,
[s~eehf 7/2 URhf 7/2 - when there are two objects,
[s~eJ~ a 7/3 U a 7/3 - when there are three or more objects,

• In neuter
MLNTJ 7/1 U[R 7/1 - when there is a cause,
MLNTehf 7/2 URhf 7/2 - when there are two causes,
MLNTJ~ a 7/3 U a 7/3 - when there are three or more causes,

• In feminine
O
mÝLeL‚ 7/1 UdLI 7/1 - when there is a doubt,
mÝehf 7/2 Udhf 7/2 - when there are two doubts,
mÝLU a 7/3 URl~ a 7/3 - when there are three or more doubts,

o The word “U[R” etc., may or may not be present in the sentence.

85
 Topic VIII – Meanings of Case Endings ([sryLSf [vibhaktyarthā4])

8. Summary table of 9a`rj%K

Case / [sr[xf Meaning of the case / [sryLSf
1st case A. MLNM-[sr[xf
ूyIL [sr[xf • MRS[N (agent) ूyIL in active voice (MRS[N ूehiJ)
• MIS[T (object) ूyIL in passive voice (MIS[T ूehiJ)
B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf
• U
hKXI O
2nd case A. MLNM-[sr[xf
[zRleL [sr[xf • MIS[T (object) [zRleL in active voice (MR[S N ूehiJ)
B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf
• ू[R, YX,a Y]NJT, etc.
3 case
rd
A. MLNM-[sr[xf
RuRleL [sr[xf • MRS[N (agent) RuRleL in passive voice (MIS[T ूehiJ)
• MNTJ (instrument) RuRleL
B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf
• ˆJR¿ (reason) RuRleL
• †‚rR° J (in the form of ~) RuRleL
• Uˆ (with) RuRleL
4th case A. MLNM-[sr[xf
{Rya | [sr[xf • UVWLX J (recipient) {Rya |
B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf
• XIf, ©[ð, ©LˆL, etc.
5th case A. MLNM-[sr[xf
Z}Il [sr[xf • YZLWLX J (origin) Z}Il
B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf
• ˆJR¿ Z}Il
• [srxJ Z}Il
• [WêehiJ Z}Il
• YÒ, †RN, [r , ŠRJ, etc.
• ZuyM,O [sXL, etc. (also take [zRleL and RuRleL)
6 case
th
B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf
~l [sr[xf • U
Õ-~l
7th case A. MLNM-[sr[xf
U€Il [sr[xf • Y[KMNTJ (locus) U€Il
B. Non-MLNM-[sr[xf
• U[R U€Il

86
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

Topic IX
Declension of
Vowel-ending Nominal bases
and Pronouns

Declension in Sanskrit is the making of different forms of nouns from one nominal
O
base (ूL[RZ[WM [prātipadika]) by adding different nominal suffixes (UZa -ूdes [sup-
pratyaya]s).

In this section, declensions of two types of ूL[RZ[WMs are studied:

• ूL[RZ[WMs ending with vowel (Y]-ूL[RZ[WM [ajanta-prātipadika])
• ूL[RZ[WMs termed UsSXLI [sarvanāma]
They are studied together because of the similarity in how they decline.

Pronouns (6<@L " [sarvanāma])

Among ूL[RZ[WMs, thirty-five types of ूL[RZ[WMs are grouped and called UsSXLI
[sarvanāma] in Sanskrit grammatical terminology. UsSXLIs are more or less equivalent to
pronouns because they can represent any thing or person which has been mentioned
before. UsSXLIs are grouped separately because their grammatical treatment, such as
declension and further transformation, is different from other ूL[RZ[WMs.
UsSXLIs can be in three genders and they decline according to their genders.

How to study declensions

The objective of studying the declension of nouns is to be able to identify the
declined noun forms with their case and number quickly and accurately.

87
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

The conventional practice is to memorize the whole declension chart by chanting

the whole chart at once. However, it is more practical and efficient to associate each
declined form with case and number individually. For example, when a student looks at
the form “NLILTLI”,O to identify its case and number in conventional way, he has to chant
through almost the whole declension from the beginning, without losing count. Instead, it
is far better to be able to identify the form “NLILTLI”O as “6/3” by sight. For achieving that,
case and number are clearly written next to each declined form in this book.
The ways of declension differ by the gender and ending letter (or letters), and
sometimes other factors. Because of this, there are so many different paradigms (ways of
declension). However, there are some similarities and patterns among certain paradigms.
Thus, it is important to see the common features between paradigms, and study only the
differences. In order to see these points, in this book the order of ूL[RZ[WMs is arranged as
follows:

• Y-ending masculine ूL[RZ[WMs

 Y-ending UsSXLI ूL[RZ[WMs in masculine (similar to the previous)
 Other UsSXLI ूL[RZ[WMs in masculine (similar to the previous)
• Y-ending neuter ूL[RZ[WMs (similar to the Y-ending masculine ूL[RZ[WMs)
 Y-ending UsSXLI ूL[RZ[WMs in neuter (similar to the previous)
 Other UsSXLI ूL[RZ[WMs in neuter (similar to the previous)
• †/n-ending masculine ूL[RZ[WMs (similar to each other)
• O
Š-ending masculine ूL[RZ[WMs (following original pattern of UZa -ूde)
• o-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WMs
 o -ending UsSXLI ूL[RZ[WMs in feminine (similar to the previous)
 Other UsSXLI ूL[RZ[WMs in feminine (similar to the previous)
• Œ-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WMs (similar to o-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WMs)
• †/n-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WMs (similar to Œ-ending feminine and †/n-ending
masculine)
• Other UsSXLI ूL[RZ[WMs in all genders

88
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

1. 6-ending in 79s B Et (masculine) –  [rāma]

# "” (Rāma), Q ! +-l(k 7 2‚-s™A

Declension of ू ()l(X" “!
O
s{XI (Number) „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O
[sr[xf(Case) (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) /7;( 1/1 /7;O 1/2 /7;7( 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) /7;; P 2/1 /7;O 2/2 /7;7? P 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) /7;6Q 3/1 /7;7R7; P 3/2 /7;S( 3/3

{Rya | (4th case) /7;7T 4/1 /7;7R7; P 4/2 /7;6R( 4/3

Z}Il (5th case) P

/7;71//7;7C P 5/1 /7;7R7; P 5/2 /7;6R( 5/3

~l (6th case) /7;U 6/1 /7;T0( 6/2 /7;7Q7; P 6/3

U€Il (7th case) /7;6 7/1 /7;T0( 7/2 /7;68 2 7/3

O
U
hKXI (Vocative) =6 /7; S/1 =6 /7;O S/2 =6 /7;7( S/3

In 3/1 and 6/3, TÁ takes place when applicable. (Refer TÁ-U[Õf (8.4.2) in
Volume 2.)
S -Á takes place. (Refer I°KÒ
In 7/3, I°KÒ S Á-U[Õf (8.3.59) in Volume 2.)

Other YMLN-Y]-Z[‚ a bƒ (Y-ending masculine) ूL[RZ[WMs:

o{LeS – teacher WJs – deva rhi – experience
ŒóN – īśvara WJsW¹ – name of a person bhM – sphere of experience
a – quality, gu:a
iT WJm – country [s~e – object
मLI – village WJˆ – body su” – tree
ªg – pot Zऽa – son sJW – the Veda
{• – the Moon a – person
Z‰~ [mÉ – disciple
X – people ूLT – prā:a U
Õ – relationship
ls – individual ॄL’T – Brahmin U°e S – the Sun
dLi – renunciation rJW – difference ˆð – hand

89
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

Assignment on Q-ending masculine

1st case (ूyIL [sr[xf)

Observe the forms in the 1st case.

o In 1/1, [sUi S is added at the end.
o In 1/2, the last letter Y is replaced by ž.
o In 1/3, the last letter Y is elongated and [sUi S is added at the end.
In this manner, make forms in the 1st case with all the YMLNL]Z[‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMs in the list.
Study the meanings of 1st case in Topic VIII - Meanings of Case Endings.
Do Exercises #8 and #9 in the last part of this book.
S [Õf [visarga-sandhi4] section of Volume 2.
Complete up to Topic IV - [sUiU
S [Õf to all the sentences in Exercise #8 and #9.
Apply [sUiU

2nd case ([zRleL [sr[xf)

a
Complete Topic VI – Consonant Sandhi 7. YX©LNf of Volume 2.
Observe the forms in the 2nd case.
O added at the end.
o In 2/1, I is
o 2/2 is always the same as 1/2 for any ूL[RZ[WM.
O added at the end.
o In 2/3, the last letter Y is elongated and X is
In this manner, make forms in the 2nd case with all the YMLNL]Z[‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMs in the list.
Study the meanings of 2nd case in Topic VIII - Meanings of Case Endings.
Do Exercise #10 in the last part of this book.

3rd case (RuRleL [sr[xf)

O Volume 2.
Complete Topic VI – Consonant Sandhi 10. TÁI of
Observe the forms in the 3rd case.
a
o In 3/1, “†X” is suffixed with iT-U[Õf. TÁ can happen for the suffix.
o In 3/2, the last letter Y is elongated before the suffix òLI. O
o In 3/3, the last letter Y is changed into  and [sUi S is added at the end.
In this manner, make forms in the 3rd case with all the YMLNL]Z[‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMs in the list.
Study the meanings of 3rd case in Topic VIII - Meanings of Case Endings.

90
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

Do Exercise #11 in the last part of this book.

4th case ({Rya | [sr[xf)

Observe the forms in the 4th case.

o In 4/1, the last letter Y is elongated and e is suffixed.
o 4/2 is always the same as 3/2 for any ूL[RZ[WM.
o In 4/3, the last letter Y is replaced by „ before the suffix òf.
In this manner, make forms in the 4th case with all the YMLNL]Z[‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMs in the list.
Study the meanings of 4th case in Topic VIII - Meanings of Case Endings.
Do Exercise #12 in the last part of this book.

5th case (Z}Il [sr[xf)

O Volume 2.
Complete Topic VI – Consonant Sandhi 4. ँÁI of
Observe the forms in the 5th case.
O W O is added.
o In 5/1, the last letter Y is elongated and R or
o 5/2 and 5/3 are always the same as 4/2 and 4/3 for any ूL[RZ[WM.
In this manner, make forms in the 5th case with all the YMLNL]Z[‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMs in the list.
Study the meanings of 5th case in Topic VIII - Meanings of Case Endings.
Do Exercise #13 in the last part of this book.

6th case (~l [sr[xf)

Observe the forms in the 6th case.

o In 6/1, È is suffixed.
o In 6/2, ehf is added at the end.
O suffixed. TÁ can happen for the
o In 6/3, the last letter Y is elongated and XLI is
suffix.
In this manner, make forms in the 6th case with all the YMLNL]Z[‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMs in the list.
Study the meanings of 6th case in Topic VIII - Meanings of Case Endings.
Do Exercise #14 in the last part of this book.

91
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

7th case (U€Il [sr[xf)

O Volume 2.
S ÁI of
Complete Topic VI – Consonant Sandhi 9. I°KÒ
Observe the forms in the 7th case.
a
o In 7/1, the last letter Y and the suffix † become „ by iT-U[Õ. (Y + † = „)
o 7/2 is always the same as 6/2 for any ूL[RZ[WM.
S ÁI. O
o In 7/3, the last letter Y is replaced by „ and U a is suffixed, with I°KÒ
In this manner, make forms in the 7th case with all the YMLNL]Z[‚ a bƒ-ूL[RZ[WMs in the list.
Study the meanings of 7th case in Topic VIII - Meanings of Case Endings.
Do Exercise #15 in the last part of this book.

a bhM, [s~e, su”, and sJW.

Make the declension chart for ूL[RZ[WMs: o{Le,S WJs, Z‰~,
O
Study Topic XI – Nouns in Apposition (UILXL[KMNTI [samānādhikara:am])
O
Study the first portion of Topic XII – Indeclinables (Y–eI [avyayam])

92
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

2. 6-ending Pronouns in 79s B Et (masculine) – 0a% [sarva]

Among UsSXLIs, Y-ending ूL[RZ[WMs in masculine decline like NLI, except for 1/3, 4/1,
5/1, 6/3, and 7/1, which are printed in bold in the chart.
a
o In 1/3, Œ is suffixed with iTU[Õ, resulting with „. It looks like the form in 7/1.
However, 7/1 in UsSXLI is different from NLI-mÂ. Thus there is no confusion.
o In 4/1, j k is suffixed.
O suffixed.
o In 5/1, jLR is
O suffixed, instead of XLI in
o In 6/3, the last letter Y is replaced by „, and ULI is O NLI. U O
O
of ULI becomes S . (Refer I°KÒ
I°KÒ S Á-U[Õf (8.3.59) in Volume 2.)
O suffixed.
o In 7/1, [jX is

When UsS (all) is used in singular, it generally indicates the whole part of a thing,
while when UsS (all) is used in plural, it generally indicates all the members. E.g., “UsSf 1/1
su”f 1/1” (the whole tree); “UsÓ 1/3 su”Lf 1/3” (all the trees)

# ” (all), Q ! +-6<@L "-l(k 7 2‚-s™A

Declension of ू ()l(X" “6<@

s{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

O
„Ms{XI (Singular)
[sr[xf (Dual) (Plural)

ूz I (1st case) )45( )4V )4< 1/3

S“TQI (2nd case) )45; P )4V )475? P

T^TQI (3rd case) )4<Q )475R7; P )4W(

PTz ™ (4th case) )45, S 4/1 )475R7; P )4<R(

\]  (5th case) P ,7C P 5/1 )475R7; P

)45,71/)45 )4<R(

dš (6th case) )45U )45T0( )4<87; P 6/3

V›  (7th case) )45&,? P 7/1 )45T0( )4<8 2

Vœf K
(Vocative) =6 )45 =6 )4V =6 )4< S/3

The rest declines like NLI.

93
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

Other YMLN-Y]-UsSXLI (Y-ending pronouns):

YÒ – another nr – both (only in dual) Z°s S – before, east
YÒRN – one of the two „M – one, someone [só – all
†RN – the other ZN – after, another © – oneself, one’s own

Note that the following UsSXLIूL[RZ[WMs ending in Y have optional forms in 1/3, S/3,
5/1, and 7/1. They are: Z°s,S ZN, YsN, W[”T, n¹N, YZN, YKN, ©, and Y]N. The other options are
like the forms of NLI.

Assignment on Q-ending pronoun (6<@L ") in masculine

Make declension charts for the YMLNL]-UsSXLI-ूL[RZ[WMs listed above.

Do Exercise #16 in the last part of this book.

94
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

3. Other Pronouns in 79s B Et (masculine) – $2 , J2 , v$2 , 9 

O
UsSXLIs RW O (that), eW O (that which), „RW O (this), and [MI (what) are used in the language
very often. The declensions of these words are very similar to Y-ending pronouns, like UsS,
because they decline just as Y-ending ूL[RZ[WMs: “R”, “e”, “„R”, and “M”, respectively. The
only exception is in 1/1 for RW O and „RW O.

UsSXLI-ूL[RZ[WM RW O (that) represents a thing or person who is away from the speaker.
O
E.g., Uf i[IÉ[R । (He will come.); RJ sW[] । (They say.); R[jX r[sÉL[I । (I will be there.), etc.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “)X #” (that) in masculine

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) )( 1/1 1O 16

[zRleL (2nd case) 1; P 1O 17? P
RuRleL (3rd case) 16? 17R7; P 1 S(
{Rya | (4th case) 1, S 17R7; P 16R(
Z}Il (5th case) P
1,71/1,7C P 17R7; P 16R(
~l (6th case) 1U 1T0( 1687; P
U€Il (7th case) 1&,? P 1T0( 168 2
The rest declines like UsS. * There is no vocative.

The ूL[RZ[WM is modified from RW O to R, Y-ending, and declines like UsS.

1/1 is the only exception.

95
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

eW O is a relative pronoun. The corresponding pronoun is RW O.

A sentence which includes the relative pronoun eW O is called a relative clause, 12
which is subordinate to a main clause, which includes RW O. In those clauses, a thing or
person indicated by eW O is the same thing indicated by RW O, which means eW O corresponds to
RW O.
For example, in the sentence “ef 1/1 Zँe[R III/1 Uf 1/1 LXL[R III/1 ।“ (the one who sees,
he knows.), “ef 1/1 Zँe[R III/1” is a relative clause because it includes eW O. “Uf 1/1 LXL[R III/1” is
a main clause because it includes RW O. Both eW O and RW O in these two clauses are indicating the
O Zu£[U II/1 RjLR 5/1
same person. Similarly, “ejLR 5/1 O sWL[I I/1” (Because you ask, therefore, I

speak.) The cases do not have to match. “ef 1/1 nZ[Wm[R III/1 Rj k 4/1 XIf 0।” (The one who
teaches, salutations to him.)
More will be understood by doing Exercise #17.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “SX #” (that which) in masculine

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) T( TO T6

[zRleL (2nd case) T; P TO T7? P
RuRleL (3rd case) T6? T7R7; P T S(
{Rya | (4th case) T, S T7R7; P T6R(
Z}Il (5th case) P
T,71/T,7C P T7R7; P T6R(
~l (6th case) TU TT0( T687; P
U€Il (7th case) T&,? P TT0( T68 2
The entire declension is like UsS. * There is no vocative.
The ूL[RZ[WM is modified from eW O to e, Y-ending, and declines like UsS.

12
A clause is a unit of words in which one verb is seen, or implied. A clause is a part of a sentence
and not a sentence by itself. A clause is incorporated into a sentence by utilizing a relative pronoun.
E.g., I found what I was looking for. I choose that which is proper.

96
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

„RW O (this) represents a thing or person who is in close proximity to the speaker. E.g.,
a 1/1 । (This person); „RJ 1/3 su”Lf 1/3 । (These trees), etc.
„~f 1/1 Z‰~f
RW O (that) and „RW O (this) are often used together to show that which was discussed in
previous sentences is the same as this which is under discussion in the current sentence.
a 1/1 । (There is a famous king. He is this man.)
E.g., „Mf 1/1 ू[U«f 1/1 XuZf 1/1 । Uf 1/1 „~f 1/1 Z‰~f

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “š)X #” (this) in masculine

s{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

O
„Ms{XI (Singular)
[sr[xf (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) X8( 1/1 X1O X16

[zRleL (2nd case) X1; P X1O X17? P

RuRleL (3rd case) X16? X17R7; P X1 S(

{Rya | (4th case) X1, S X17R7; P X16R(

Z}Il (5th case) P

X1,71/X1,7C P X17R7; P X16R(

~l (6th case) X1U X1T0( X1687; P

U€Il (7th case) X1&,? P X1T0( X168 2

The rest declines like UsS. * There is no vocative.

The ूL[RZ[WM is modified from „RW O to „R, Y-ending, and declines like UsS.
1/1 is the only exception.
“„” is added to the paradigm of RW O, with I°KÒ
S Á (Ref. I°KÒ
S -U[Õf (8.3.59) in Volume 2)
on „~f 1/1.

97
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

O
[MI (what) is an interrogative pronoun.
O
a 1/1 । (Who is this person?); MJ 1/3 RJ 1/3 । (Who are they?); MI 2/1
E.g., Mf 1/1 „~f 1/1 Z‰~f
O । (Why?); MÈ 6/1 Zऽf
Zँe[U II/1। (What do you see?); MjLR 5/1 a 1/1 Uf 1/1। (Whose son is he?);

MJ ~ a 7/3 WJm~J a 7/3 ±ँeRJ III/1 । (Where, in which places, is it seen?), etc.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “("”# (what) in masculine

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) .( .O .6

[zRleL (2nd case) .; P .O .7? P
RuRleL (3rd case) .6 ? .7R7; P .S (
{Rya | (4th case) ., S .7R7; P .6 R(
Z}Il (5th case) P
.,71/.,7C P .7R7; P .6 R(
~l (6th case) .U .T0( .6 87; P
U€Il (7th case) .&,? P .T0( .6 8 2
It declines like UsS. * There is no vocative.
O M, Y-ending, and declines like UsS.
The ूL[RZ[WM is modified from [MI to

O
When eW O and [MI are used together, it means “whatever”.
O hMI 2/1
E.g., eJ 1/3 MJ 1/3 XLf 1/3 „RI 2/1 O N”[R III/1 । (Whoever
O Z³[] III/3 ŒóNf 1/1 RLX 2/3

people chant this verse, Īśvara protect them.)

# masculine
Assignment on )X #, SX #, š)X #, (" in

Do Exercises #17 and #18 in the last part of this book.

S [Õf section of Volume 2 for Uf and „~f.
Review [sUiU

98
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

s B 9Et (neuter) – w3 [j-āna]

4. 6-ending in 370

Y-ending neuter ूL[RZ[WMs decline like NLI. The only difference is in the first two
cases, which are always identical for any neuter ूL[RZ[WMs.

# L” (knowledge), Q ! +-Ll6
Declension of ू ()l(X" “› k 7 (2‚-s™A
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) Y7?; P 1/1 Y7? 6 1/2 Y7?7&? 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) Y7?; P 2/1 Y7? 6 2/2 Y7?7&? 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) Y7? 6? Y7?7R7; P Y7? S(

{Rya | (4th case) Y7?7T Y7?7R7; P Y7? 6R(
Z}Il (5th case) P
Y7?71/Y7?7C P Y7?7R7; P Y7? 6R(
~l (6th case) Y7?U Y7?T0( Y7?7?7; P
U€Il (7th case) Y7? 6 Y7?T0( Y7? 68 2
U
hKXI O S/1 =6 Y7? 6
=6 Y7? S/2 =6 Y7?7&? S/3
(Vocative)
The rest declines like NLI in Z[‚ a bƒ.
In 1/3, 2/3, 3/1, and 6/3, TÁ takes place when applicable. (Ref. Pā:ini-sūtra 8.4.2)

‚ a M[bƒ (Y-ending neuter) ूL[RZ[WMs:

Other YMLN-Y]-XZU
Y – food { kRÒ – consciousness ZLऽ – vessel skNLêe – dispassion
YNe – forest b – water a
ZðM – book mNlN – body
†[•e – sense Rû – truth ूMNT - section mL‹ – scripture
MIb – lotus Øf½ – sorrow úb - fruit, result mlb – character
MNT – instrument KX – wealth [Iऽ – friend ULKX – means
MLNT – cause XiN – town sX – forest a – happiness
U½
MLeS – effect XऽJ – eye s‹ – cloth ×We – heart
”Jऽ – field Zऽ – leaf sL¬ - sentence
Assignment on Q-ending neuter
‚ a M-ूL[RZ[WMs listed above.
Make declension charts for the YMLNL]-XZU
Do Exercise #19 in the last part of this book.

99
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

s B 9Et (neuter) – 0a% [sarva]

5. 6-ending Pronouns in 370

Among UsSXLIs, Y-ending ूL[RZ[WMs in neuter decline as hybrids of LX and UsS in

masculine. The first two cases are like LX, while the rest are like UsS in masculine.

#
Declension of ू ()l(X" “6<@ k 7 (2‚-s™A
” (all), Q ! +-6<@L "-Ll6

s{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

O
„Ms{XI (Singular)
[sr[xf (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) )45; P 1/1 )4< 1/2 )475&Q 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) )45; P 2/1 )4< 2/2 )475&Q 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) )4<Q )475R7; P )4W(

{Rya | (4th case) )45, S )475R7; P )4<R(

Z}Il (5th case) )45,71/P )45,7C P )475R7; P )4<R(

~l (6th case) )45U )45T0( )4<87; P

U€Il (7th case) )45&,? P )45T0( )4<8 2

O
U
hKXI (Vocative) =6 )45 S/1 =6 )4< S/2 =6 )475&Q S/3

1st and 2nd case and vocative decline like LX.

The rest declines like UsS in Z[‚ a bƒ.

Other YMLN-Y]-UsSXLI (Y-ending pronouns):

YÒ – another, other nr – both (only in dual) Z°s S – before, east
YÒRN – one of the two „M – one, someone [só – all
†RN – another ZN – after, another © – oneself, one’s own
* As for YÒ, YÒRN, and †RN, their forms in 1/1, 2/1, and S/1 are YÒR, O YÒRNR, O and †RNR, O
respectively.

100
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

s B 9Et (neuter) – $2 , J2 , v$2 , 9 

6. Other Pronouns in 370

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “)X #” (that), in neuter

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) P P

11/1C 1/1 16 17&?
[zRleL (2nd case) P P
11/1C 2/1 16 17&?
RuRleL (3rd case) 16? 17R7; P 1 S(
{Rya | (4th case) 1, S 17R7; P 16R(
Z}Il (5th case) 1,71/P 1,7C P 17R7; P 16R(
~l (6th case) 1U 1T0( 1687; P
U€Il (7th case) 1&,? P 1T0( 168 2
The rest declines like UsS. * There is no vocative.
RW O declines as “R”, Y-ending UsSXLI, except for 1/1 and 2/1.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “SX #” (that which), in neuter

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) P P

T1/TC 1/1 T6 T7&?
[zRleL (2nd case) P P
T1/TC 2/1 T6 T7&?
RuRleL (3rd case) T6? T7R7; P T S(
{Rya | (4th case) T, S T7R7; P T6R(
Z}Il (5th case) P
T,71/T,7C P T7R7; P T6R(
~l (6th case) TU TT0( T687; P
U€Il (7th case) T&,? P TT0( T68 2
The rest declines like UsS. * There is no vocative.
eW O declines as “e”, Y-ending UsSXLI, except for 1/1 and 2/1.

101
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “š)X #” (this), in neuter
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) P

X11/X1C P 1/1 X16 X17&?

[zRleL (2nd case) P

X11/X1C P 2/1 X16 X17&?

RuRleL (3rd case) X16? X17R7; P X1 S(

{Rya | (4th case) X1, S X17R7; P X16R(

Z}Il (5th case) X1,71/P X1,7C P X17R7; P X16R(

~l (6th case) X1U X1T0( X1687; P

U€Il (7th case) X1&,? P X1T0( X168 2

The rest declines like UsS. * There is no vocative.

„RW O declines as “„R”, Y-ending UsSXLI, except for 1/1 and 2/1.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “("”# (what) in neuter
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) &.; P 1/1 .6 .7&?

[zRleL (2nd case) &.; P 2/1 .6 .7&?
RuRleL (3rd case) .6 ? .7R7; P .S (
{Rya | (4th case) ., S .7R7; P .6 R(
Z}Il (5th case) .,71/P .,7C P .7R7; P .6 R(
~l (6th case) .U .T0( .6 87; P
U€Il (7th case) .&,? P .T0( .6 8 2
The rest declines like UsS. * There is no vocative.
O
[MI declines as “M”, Y-ending UsSXLI, except for 1/1 and 2/1.

Assignment on pronoun (6<@L ") in neuter and QRSs

Do Exercises #20 to #23 in the last part of this book.

102
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

7. x/\-ending in 79s B Et (masculine) – z9 [hari]/T{B [guru]

†-ending and n-ending ूL[RZ[WMs have similarities which make them decline in the
same manner. These similarities are discussed on the next page.

#
Declension of ू ()l(X" “b(!” (VivOu), | ! +-l(k 7 2‚-s™A
s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O
[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) =&/( 1/1 =/@ 1/2 =/T( 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) =&/; P 2/1 =/@ 2/2 =/@? P 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) =&/Q7 3/1 =&/R7; P 3/2 =&/&Z( 3/3

{Rya | (4th case) =/T6 4/1 =&/R7; P 4/2 =&/R( 4/3

Z}Il (5th case) =/6( 5/1 =&/R7; P 5/2 =&/R( 5/3

~l (6th case) =/6( 6/1 =T[( 6/2 =/@Q7; P 6/3

U€Il (7th case) =/O 7/1 =T[( 7/2 =&/8 2 7/3

U
hKXI O (Vocative) =6 =/6 S/1 =6 =/@ S/2 =6 =/T( S/3

Other †MLN-Y]-Z[‚ a bƒ (†-ending masculine) ूL[RZ[WMs:

Y[è – fire nZL[K – upādhi म[ – knot s[ – fire
Y[R[y – guest Š[~ – sage XuZ[R – king –L[K – disease
Y[N – enemy M[Z – monkey ZL[T – hand [s[K – injunction
Y[U – sword M[s – poet I[T – jewel N[s – the sun
o[W – beginning iTZ[R – Ga:apati I[a X - sage ULN[y – charioteer
nW[K – ocean [i[N – mountain e[R – ascetic

103
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

Observe how the letter † at the end of an †-ending ूL[RZ[WM is modified in the declension.
• † remains as it is in [hari4] 1/1, [harim] 2/1, [hari:ā] 3/1, [haribhyām] 3/2, 4/2, 5/2,
[haribhi4] 3/3, [haribhya4] 4/3, 5/3, and [hari7u] 7/3.
• † is modified into Wlª S in [harī] 1/2, 2/2, S/2, [harīn] 2/3, and [harī:ām] 6/3.
• O [haraya4] 1/3, S/3 and [haraye] 4/1.
† is modified into Ye in
• a in [hare4] 5/1, 6/1 and [hare] S/1.
† is modified into iT
• O [haryo4] 6/2, 7/2.
† is modified into eT in
• † is modified into ž in [harau] 7/1.
The letter n at the end of an n-ending ूL[RZ[WM will be modified in the declension in
exactly the same manner as † at the end of †-ending ूL[RZ[WM.
• n remains as it is in [guru4] 1/1, [gurum] 2/1, [guru:ā] 3/1, [gurubhyām] 3/2, 4/2, 5/2,
[gurubhi4] 3/3, [gurubhya4] 4/3, 5/3, and [guru7u] 7/3.
• n is modified into Wlª S in [gurū] 1/2, 2/2, S/2, [gurūn] 2/3, and [gurū:ām] 6/3.
• O [gurava4] 1/3, S/3 and [gurave] 4/1.
n is modified into Ys in
• a in [guro4] 5/1, 6/1 and [guro] S/1.
n is modified into iT
• O [gurvo4] 6/2, 7/2.
n is modified into eT in
• n is modified into ž in [gurau] 7/1.

The following chart may help in seeing the correspondence in modifications:

Modifications of |/} of |/}-ending ू ()l(Xs
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) WlªfS (Œ/š) O

Ye/Ys O

[zRleL (2nd case) WlªfS (Œ/š) WlªfS (Œ/š)

RuRleL (3rd case)

{Rya | (4th case) O

Ye/Ys O

Z}Il (5th case) a („/œ)

iTf
~l (6th case) a („/œ)
iTf O /s
eT (e O )O WlªfS (Œ/š)
U€Il (7th case) ž O /s
eT (e O )O

U
hKXI O (Vocative) a („/œ)

iTf WlªfS (Œ/š) O
Ye/Ys O

a an n-ending ूL[RZ[WM in masculine.

Try to make the declension chart for i‰,

104
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

# t”
Declension of ू ()l(X" “\ 7 (teacher), } ! +-l(k 7 2‚-s™A

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)
ूyIL (1st case) 2 2 2
\3( 1/1 \] 1/2 \/4( 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) 2 P 2 2 P

\3; 2/1 \] 2/2 \]? 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) 2 2 P 2

\3Q7 3/1 \3R7; 3/2 \3&Z( 3/3

{Rya | (4th case) 2 2 P 2

\/46 4/1 \3R7; 4/2 \3R( 4/3

Z}Il (5th case) 2 2 P 2

\/0( 5/1 \3R7; 5/2 \3R( 5/3

~l (6th case) 2 2 2 P

\/0( 6/1 \4[( 6/2 \]Q7; 6/3

U€Il (7th case) 2 2 2 2

\/O 7/1 \4[( 7/2 \38 7/3

U
hKXI O (Vocative) 2 2 2
=6 \/0 S/1 =6 \] S/2 =6 \/4( S/3

The declension is identical to ˆ[N.

Other nMLN-Y]-Z[‚ a bƒ (n-ending masculine) ूL[RZ[WMs:

† – the Moon Zm a – animal IIa ”
a a – mumuk7u ULK a – sādhu
†~ a – arrow vÕ a – friend Iud a – death [UÕ a – sea
ŠR a – season vLº – arm sLe a – wind UJR a – bridge
R‰ – tree [v – drop [s a – Vi7:u ÅLT a – pillar
KLR a – root IˆLvLº – Arjuna [mm a – infant ˆJR a – cause

Assignment on |/}-ending masculine

Make declension charts for the †MLNL] and nMLNL]-Z[ a ƒ-ूL[RZ[WMs listed above.
Do Exercises #24 and #25 in the last part of this book.

105
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

8. |-ending in 79s B Et (masculine) – $c % [kart}]

ूL[RZ[WM MRu S is derived from Mu KLR a with the suffix Ru which denotes the agent of the
action. All the words derived by addition of the suffix Ru decline in the same manner as
discussed here. The basic declension is like ˆ[N. The difference is in bold in the chart.

# ”@ (doer), ~ ! +-l(k 7 2‚-s™A

Declension of ू ()l(X" “)]

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) .175 1/1 .175/O 1/2 .175/( 1/3

2/1 2/2
[zRleL (2nd case) .175/; P .175/O .1^?5 P 2/3

3/3
RuRleL (3rd case) .ऽ75 5 7; P
3/1 .1`R 3/2 .1`&5 Z(

{Rya | (4th case) .ऽ< 5 7; P

4/1 .1`R 5 (
4/2 .1`R 4/3

Z}Il (5th case) .1(52 5 7; P

5/1 .1`R 5 (
5/2 .1`R 5/3

~l (6th case) .1(52 6/1 .ऽ[( 5 7; P

6/2 .1^Q 6/3

U€Il (7th case) .15&/ 7/1 .ऽ[( 7/2 .1`85 2 7/3

U
hKXI O (Vocative) =6 .15( S/1 =6 .175/O S/2 =6 .175/( S/3

Other ŠMLN-Y]-Z[‚ a bƒ (Š-ending masculine) ूL[RZ[WMs:

Y¸JR–u student WLRu – giver ूÌu – questioner ॐÌu – creator
i]u – goer िÌu – seer rhxu – experiencer ˆ]u – injurer
LRu – knower KLRu – supporter ौhRu – listener ˆhRu – priest

Assignment on ~-ending masculine

Make declension charts for the ŠMLN-Y]-Z[ a ƒ-ूL[RZ[WMs listed above.

Do Exercise #26.

106
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

Now we can take a closer look at the declension process. Declension is done by
O
suffixing nominal suffix (UZa -ूde [sup-pratyaya]) to nominal base (ूL[RZ[WM [prātipadika]).
O
The UZa -ूdes O in
were originally taught by Pā:ini with indicatory letters, or †R [it]
O
grammatical terminology. Before being used, the †R letters O
are removed from the UZa -ूdes,
as seen in the next chart.
#
6l7 -ूjSs #
(nominal suffixes) without |) (indicatory) letters
Singular Dual Plural

1st case O
U [s] ž [au] O
YU [as]
2nd case O
YI [am] ž [au] O
YU [as]
3rd case o [ā] O
òLI [bhyām] O
[rU [bhis]
4th case „ [e] O
òLI [bhyām] O
òU [bhyas]
5th case O
YU [as] O
òLI [bhyām] O
òU [bhyas]
6th case O
YU [as] O
œU [os] O
oI [ām]
7th case † [i] O
œU [os] U a [su]

Pā:ini observed three different patterns of declension in three different sections in

the declensional chart. These three sections are named as shown below for the sake of
explaining the ways of declension in an efficient manner.
Three sections in masculine and feminine
Singular Dual Plural

1st case K
V [s]  [au] K
nV [as]

2nd case K
n [am]  [au]

3rd case

4th case

5th case

6th case

7th case

The ूde in this section of the chart is termed UsSXLIÅLX [sarvanāmasthāna].

The Yƒ in this section of the chart is termed r [bha].

The Yƒ in this section of the chart is termed ZW [pada].

107
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

O
By suffixing the UZa -ूdes, the ूL[RZ[WM is termed Yƒ. The last letter of Yƒ is modified
O
in a certain manner in each section. Then the Yƒ and the UZa -ूde are combined. Sandhi
(phonetic change when two sounds meet) may take place if applicable.

Modifications of ~ of ~-ending Q‚
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

o oN O oN O
ूyIL (1st case)
[kartā] [kartārau] [kartāra4]
oN O oN O WlªfS (›)
[zRleL (2nd case)
[kartāram] [kartārau] [kartœn]
O )O
eT (N
RuRleL (3rd case)
[kartrā] [kart_bhyām] [kart_bhi4]
O )O
eT (N
{Rya | (4th case)
[kartre] [kart_bhyām] [kart_bhya4]
n
Z}Il (5th case)
[kartu4] [kart_bhyām] [kart_bhya4]
n O )O
eT (N WlªfS (›)
~l (6th case)
[kartu4] [kartro4] [kartœ:ām]
a (Y+N)O
iTf O )O
eT (N
U€Il (7th case)
[kartari] [kartro4] [kart_7u]

U
hKXI O Yf oN O oN O
(Vocative) [kartaD] [kartārau] [kartāra4]

In UsSXLIÅLX section, Š becomes o, oN,O or Yf

In 5/1, 6/1 and 7/1, special change takes place.

In 2/3 and 6/3, declension is like NLI and ˆ[N.

O
For the rest, eT-U[Õ takes place between Š and the beginning letter of

the suffixes.

In ZW section, ूL[RZ[WM remains the same.

108
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

9. ]-ending in ~X9Et (feminine) – Tt [ga?gā]

There is no Y-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WM. o-ending ूL[RZ[WM is the basis for declension
of vowel-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WM. The ending letter o of oMLNL]-‹l[bƒ-ूL[RZ[WM in this
section is from a feminine suffix o.

#
Declension of ू ()l(X" “\‚ ” (ga-gā), r ! +-Y(2‚-s™A

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) \a7 1/1 \a6 1/2 \a7( 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) \a7; P 2/1 \a6 2/2 \a7( 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) \aT7 3/1 \a7R7; P 3/2 \a7&Z( 3/3

{Rya | (4th case) \a7T S 4/1 \a7R7; P 4/2 \a7R( 4/3

Z}Il (5th case) \a7T7( 5/1 \a7R7; P 5/2 \a7R( 5/3

~l (6th case) \a7T7( 6/1 \aT0( 6/2 \a7?7; P 6/3

U€Il (7th case) \a7T7; P 7/1 \aT0( 7/2 \a7) 2 7/3

U
hKXI O (Vocative) =6 \a6 S/1 =6 \a6 S/2 =6 \a7( S/3

O
In ZW section, UZa -ूdes are simply added to ूL[RZ[WM.

Other oMLN-Y]-‹l[bƒ (o-ending feminine) ूL[RZ[WMs:

YsÅL– state a - cave
iˆL [XिL – sleep
oãL – name [{]L – worry [XL – firmness
oãL[eML – story [ LUL – desire to know ILbL – garland
†£L – desire [ÀL – tongue ौ«L – faith
nZIL – example [R[R”L – endurance mÝL – doubt
MyL – story WeL – compassion U‚ L – name
Mu ZL – mercy WmL – state UJXL – army
[बeL – action WJsRL – presiding deity UJsL - service

109
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

Assignment on r-ending feminine

O
Observe the declension. Note that UZa -ूde s which are [\RsO (suffix with \)O , i.e., 4/1,
5/1, 6/1, and 7/1 are modified specially for o-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WM.
1st case (ूz I SLHSZ )

o 1/1 looks identical to ूL[RZ[WM.

o In 1/2, the last letter o is replaced by „.
o In 1/3, [sUi S is added at the end.
2nd case (S“TQI SLHSZ )
O added at the end.
o In 2/1, I is
o 2/2 is always the same as 1/2 for any ूL[RZ[WM.
o In 2/3, [sUi,S instead of X, O is added at the end. This is special to feminine words.
3rd case (T^TQI SLHSZ )

o In 3/1, the last letter o is shortened and eL is added.

O
o In 3/2 and 3/3, òLI and [rf are suffixed respectively.
4th case (PTz ™ SLHSZ )

o In 4/1, e k (special to o-ending feminine) is suffixed.

o 4/2 is always the same as 3/2 for any ूL[RZ[WM.
o In 4/3, òf is suffixed
5th case (\]  SLHSZ )

o In 5/1, eLf (special to o-ending feminine) is suffixed.

o 5/2 and 5/3 are always the same as 4/2 and 4/3 for any ूL[RZ[WM.
6th case (dš SLHSZ )

o In 6/1, eLf (special to o-ending feminine) is suffixed.

o In 6/2, the last letter o is shortened and ehf is added at the end
O suffixed. TÁ can happen for the suffix.
o In 6/3, XLI is
7th case (V›  SLHSZ )
O
o In 7/1, eLI (special a
to o-ending feminine) is suffixed with iT-U[Õ.
o 7/2 is always the same as 6/2 for any ूL[RZ[WM.
o In 7/3, U a is suffixed.
a [ LUL, and WJsRL.
Make the declension chart for ूL[RZ[WMs: YsÅL, †£L, [बeL, iˆL,
Do Exercise #27 in the last part of this book.

110
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

10. ]-ending Pronouns in ~X9Et (feminine) – 0a% [sarvā]

When pointing to a feminine word, Y-ending UsSXLI takes a feminine suffix o and
becomes o-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WM. The declension is similar to iƒL with exceptions
listed below.
o When [\RsO (suffixes with \,O i.e., 4/1, 5/1, 6/1, and 7/1) follow, the last letter of
Yƒ, o, is shortened and suffixes are modified into È k, ÈLf, ÈLf, ÈLI, O respectively.
O suffixed, instead of XLI in
o In 6/3, ULI is O iƒL.

#
Declension of ू ()l(X" “6< ”@ (all), r ! +-6<@L "-Y(2‚-s™A

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) )475 )4< )475(

[zRleL (2nd case) )475; P )4< )475(

RuRleL (3rd case) )45T7 )475R7; P )475&Z(

{Rya | (4th case) )45U S 4/1 )475R7; P )475R(

Z}Il (5th case) )45U7( 5/1 )475R7; P )475R(

~l (6th case) )45U7( 6/1 )45T0( )475)7; P 6/3

U€Il (7th case) )45U7; P 7/1 )45T0( )475) 2

ूyIL (1st case) =6 )4< =6 )4< =6 )475(

The rest declines like iƒL.

Other oMLN-Y]-UsSXLI (o-ending pronouns):

YÒL – another nrL – both (only in dual) Z°sLS – before, east
YÒRNL – one of the two „ML – one, someone [sóL – all
†RNL – another ZNL – after, another ©L – oneself, one’s own

Assignment on r-ending pronoun (6<@L ") in feminine

Make the declension chart for the ूL[RZ[WMs in the list above.
Do Exercise #28 in the last part of this book.

111
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

11. Other Pronouns in ~X9Et (feminine) – $2 , J2 , v$2 , 9 

O
When pointing to a feminine word, RW O, eW O, „RW O, and [MI become RL, eL, „RL, and ML
respectively with a feminine suffix o and decline like o-ending UsSXLI.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “)X #” (that), in feminine
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) )7 1/1 16 17(

[zRleL (2nd case) 17; P 16 17(
RuRleL (3rd case) 1T7 17R7; P 17&Z(
{Rya | (4th case) 1U S 17R7; P 17R(
Z}Il (5th case) 1U7( 17R7; P 17R(
~l (6th case) 1U7( 1T0( 17)7; P
U€Il (7th case) 1U7; P 1T0( 17) 2
The rest declines like UsLS. * There is no vocative.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “SX #” (that which), in feminine
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) T7 T6 T7(

[zRleL (2nd case) T7; P T6 T7(
RuRleL (3rd case) TT7 T7R7; P T7&Z(
{Rya | (4th case) TU S T7R7; P T7R(
Z}Il (5th case) TU7( T7R7; P T7R(
~l (6th case) TU7( TT0( T7)7; P
U€Il (7th case) TU7; P TT0( T7) 2
It declines like UsLS. * There is no vocative.

112
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “š)X #” (this), in feminine
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) X87 1/1 X16 X17(

[zRleL (2nd case) X17; P X16 X17(

RuRleL (3rd case) X1T7 X17R7; P X17&Z(

{Rya | (4th case) X1U S X17R7; P X17R(

Z}Il (5th case) X1U7( X17R7; P X17R(

~l (6th case) X1U7( X1T0( X17)7; P

U€Il (7th case) X1U7; P X1T0( X17) 2

The rest declines like UsLS. * There is no vocative.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “("”# (what), in feminine
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) .7 .6 .7(

[zRleL (2nd case) .7; P .6 .7(
RuRleL (3rd case) .T7 .7R7; P .7&Z(
{Rya | (4th case) .U S .7R7; P .7R(
Z}Il (5th case) .U7( .7R7; P .7R(
~l (6th case) .U7( .T0( .7)7; P
U€Il (7th case) .U7; P .T0( .7) 2
It declines like UsLS. * There is no vocative.

# feminine
Assignment on )X #, SX #, š)X #, (" in

Do Exercise #29 in the last part of this book.

113
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

12. €-ending in ~X9Et (feminine) – 32X [nadī]

The ending letter Œ of ŒMLNL]-‹l[bƒ-ूL[RZ[WM in this section is from a feminine suffix

Œ. Some of the derived ूL[RZ[WMs, such as MRu,S eh[iX, O risR, O UR, O take this feminine suffix Œ and
become Œ-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WM.

#
Declension of ू ()l(X" “LXY” (river), ž ! +-Y(2‚-s™A

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) ?C@ 1/1 ?bO 1/2 ?b( 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) ?C@; P 2/1 ?bO 2/2 ?C@( 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) ?b7 3/1 ?C@R7; P 3/2 ?C@&Z( 3/3

{Rya | (4th case) ?b S 4/1 ?C@R7; P 4/2 ?C@R( 4/3

Z}Il (5th case) ?b7( 5/1 ?C@R7; P 5/2 ?C@R( 5/3

~l (6th case) ?b7( 6/1 ?b0( 6/2 ?C@?7; P 6/3

U€Il (7th case) ?b7; P 7/1 ?b0( 7/2 ?C@8 2 7/3

U
hKXI O (Vocative) =6 ?&C S/1 =6 ?bO S/2 =6 ?b( S/3

O
In ZW section, UZa -ूdes are simply added to ूL[RZ[WM.
S Á takes place. (Refer I°KÒ
In 7/3, I°KÒ S Á-U[Õf (8.3.59) in Volume 2.)

Other ŒMLN-Y]-‹l[bƒ (Œ-ending feminine) ूL[RZ[WMs:

ns|– earth WJsl – goddess sLZl – pond
MLbl – Kālī XiNl - city sLNLTUl - Vārā:asī
MLml – Vārā:asī ZÛl – wife = Derived words =
iLeऽl – Gāyatrī ZLsSRl – Pārvatī Mऽ| – feminine form of MRu S
i¿Nl – Gaurī Zu[ysl – earth eh[iXl – feminine form of eh[iX O
XXl – mother Iˆl – earth risRl – feminine form of risR O
[gTl – footnote sLTl – speech URl – feminine form of UR O

114
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

Except for S/1, for all the forms in the declension of Œ-ending feminine, the last
letter Œ of the ूL[RZ[WM either remains in the same form, or changes into e, O as a result of eT-O
U[Õ with vowel-beginning suffixes, as seen in the following chart. 13
O
The underlined UZa -ूdes are special for Œ-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WMs.

#
Modifications of ž of ž-ending ू ()l(X with 6l7 -ूjSs
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) + elided O )O + ž

eT (e O )O + YU O
eT (e
[zRleL (2nd case) +IO O )O + ž
eT (e + :
RuRleL (3rd case) O )O + o
eT (e + òLI O + [rf
{Rya | (4th case) O )O + „
eT (e + òLI O + òf
Z}Il (5th case) O )O + rA
eT (e + òLI O + òf
~l (6th case) O )O + rA
eT (e O )O + œU O
eT (e + XLI O
U€Il (7th case) O )O + r" #
eT (e O )O + œU O
eT (e + Ua
U
hKXI O (Vocative) ॑©f (†) + elided O )O + ž
eT (e O )O + YU O
eT (e

Assignment on ž-ending in feminine

Make the declension chart for ूL[RZ[WMs WJsl, Zu[ysl, and risRl
Do Exercise #30 in the last part of this book.

13
Note that there are some exceptions.
1) ‡ (Goddess Lakžmī) in 1/1 is ‡ , with SLV.R It declines like N for the rest.
2) ौ (Goddess Lakžmī), f (intellect), ॑ (humility), H (fear) in 1/1 are also with SLVR. The last
K
letter u is changed into |Q when suffix beginning with vowel follows.
K
3) • (female) in 1/1 is •, without SLV.R The last letter u is changed into |Q when suffix beginning
with vowel follows, but the change is optional in 2/1 and 2/3.

115
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

13. x-ending in ~X9Et (feminine) – 9$ [mati]

The declension of short †-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WMs is a mixture of short †-ending

masculine like ˆ[N and long Œ-ending feminine like XWl.
The entire declension is like ˆ[N, except for 2/3 and 3/1, which are like XWl.
O
With UZa -ूde O
which is [\R (suffix with \.O i.e., 4/1, 5/1, 6/1, and 7/1), there are two
forms: one is like ˆ[N and the other is like XWl.
Many of the †-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WMs are derived from KLR a with suffix [R, which
makes feminine ूL[RZ[WM.

#
Declension of ू ()l(X" “"()” (intellect), | ! +-Y(2‚-s™A

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) ;&1( ;1@ ;1T(

[zRleL (2nd case) ;&1; P ;1@ ;1@( 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) ;c7 3/1 ;&1R7; P ;&1&Z(

{Rya | (4th case) ;c S/;1T6 4/1 ;&1R7; P ;&1R(

Z}Il (5th case) ;c7(/;16( 5/1 ;&1R7; P ;&1R(

~l (6th case) ;c7(/;16( 6/1 ;c0( ;1@?7; P

U€Il (7th case) P

;c7;/;1O 7/1 ;c0( ;&18 2

U
hKXI O (Vocative) =6 ;16 =6 ;1@ =6 ;1T(

Forms in black are like XWl (Œ-ending feminine). The rest are like ˆ[N (†-ending masculine).

Other †MLN-Y]-‹l[bƒ (†-ending feminine) ूL[RZ[WMs:

a
YXZZ[¹ – untenability ±[Ì – view r°[I – earth m[x – power
n[x – statement ूMu [R – nature, origin I[a x – freedom mL[] – peace
nZZ[¹ – tenability ूL[€ – gain e[a x – reasoning ौ[a R – śruti
i[R – way v[a « – intellect esa [R – girl Uu[Ì – creation
[R[y – lunar day rl[R – fear ‰[{ – light ju[R – sm3ti

116
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

Assignment on |-ending in feminine

a
Make the declension chart for ूL[RZ[WMs YXZZ[¹, n[x, i[R, ूL[€, ौ[a R, and ju[R.
Do Exercises #31and #32 in the last part of this book.

n-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WM and š-ending feminine ूL[RZ[WM are omitted in this book
because they are rarely seen. However, their declensions are easily made by following the
principle of the correspondence of † and n. Refer back to 7. †/n-ending in Z[‚ a bƒ (masculine).

117
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns


14. Pronoun – x2 [idam]

O
†WI (this) is a UsSXLI ूL[RZ[WM. It indicates an object which is close to the speaker. „RW O
O
(this) is closer proximity to †WI (this).
O
†WI (this) declines in all three [bƒs (genders), agreeing with the [bƒ of the word it
qualifies.
O
In masculine, †WI declines as “Y” in UsSXLI, except as indicated below in black.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “|X"”# (this) in masculine

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) %T; P 1/1 d;O 1/2 d;6 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) d;; P 2/1 d;O 2/2 d;7? P 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) %? 6? 3/1 AR7; P X&Z( 3/3

{Rya | (4th case) %, S AR7; P XR(

Z}Il (5th case) P

%,71/%,7C P AR7; P XR(

~l (6th case) %U %?T0( 6/2 X87; P

U€Il (7th case) %&,? P %?T0( 7/2 X8 2

The rest declines like UsS. * There is no vocative.

O
In neuter, †WI declines like in masculine, except for the first two cases shown below.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “|X"”# (this) in neuter

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) dC; P 1/1 d;6 1/2 d;7&? 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) dC; P 2/1 d;6 2/2 d;7&? 2/3

O Z[‚ a bƒ. * There is no vocative.

The rest declines like †WI in

118
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

O
In feminine, †WI declines as “o” in UsSXLI, except as indicated below in black.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “|X"”# (this) in feminine

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) dT; P 1/1 d;6 1/2 d;7( 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) d;7; P 2/1 d;6 2/2 d;7( 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) %?T7 3/1 AR7; P A&Z(

{Rya | (4th case) %U S AR7; P AR(

Z}Il (5th case) %U7( AR7; P AR(

~l (6th case) %U7( %?T0( 6/2 A)7; P

U€Il (7th case) %U7; P %?T0( 7/2 A) 2

The rest declines like UsLS.

119
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns


15. Pronoun – 620 [adas]

O
YWU (this) indicates an object which is away from the speaker, but is still seen by the
speaker, unlike RW O (that) which is away and not seen.
O
YWU (that), UsSXLI ूL[RZ[WM, declines in three [bƒs (genders), agreeing with the [bƒ of
the word it qualifies.

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “QX6”# (that) in masculine

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) %)O 1/1 %;L 1/2 %;@ 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) %;;2 P 2/1 %;L 2/2 %;L? P 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) %;?2 7 3/1 %;LR7; P 3/2 %;@&Z( 3/3

{Rya | (4th case) 2 S

%;e 4/1 %;LR7; P 4/2 %;@R( 4/3

Z}Il (5th case) %;e P

2 71/%; 2 7C P 5/1 %;LR7; P
e 5/2 %;@R( 5/3

~l (6th case) 2

%;f 2 0(
6/1 %;T 6/2 %;@87; P 6/3

U€Il (7th case) %;&2 e? P 2 0(

7/1 %;T 7/2 %;@8 2 7/3

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “QX6”# (that) in neuter

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) %C( 1/1 %;L 1/2 %;L&? 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) %C( 2/1 %;L 2/2 %;L&? 2/3

O Z[‚ a bƒ. * There is no vocative.

The rest declines like YWU in

120
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “QX6”# (that) in feminine

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) %)O 1/1 %;L 1/2 %;L( 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) %;L; P 2/1 %;L 2/2 %;L( 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) %;T2 7 3/1 %;LR7; P 3/2 %;L&Z( 3/3

{Rya | (4th case) 2 S

%;f 4/1 %;LR7; P 4/2 %;LR( 4/3

Z}Il (5th case) 2 7(

%;f 5/1 %;LR7; P 5/2 %;LR( 5/3

~l (6th case) 2 7(

%;f 2 0(
6/1 %;T 6/2 %;L87; P 6/3

U€Il (7th case) 2 7; P 7/1 %;T2 0(

%;f 7/2 %;L8 2 7/3

Note: Among pronouns „RW O, †WI, O YWU, O and RW O, the following order is generally used
based on the increasing distance from the speaker, „RW O being the closest to the speaker,
and RW O the farthest:
#
š)X # (this) < |X" (this) < QX6 # (that) < )X # (that)

#
Assignment on |X" and QX6 #

Do Exercise #33 in the last part of this book.

121
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

B  [yu‚mad], 6V2  [asmad]

16. Pronouns – J2

a W O (you) and YjW O (I, we) are UsSXLI-ूL[RZ[WMs. They respectively indicate the listener
e
and speaker.

a W O (you) and YjW O (I, we) have the same forms in all 3 [bƒs.
e
O
E.g., ÁI m/1/1 WJsW¹f m/1/1 । O
ÁI f/1/1 ZLsSRl f/1/1 । O
ÁI n/1/1 O
[IऽI n/1/1 ।
O
E.g., YˆI m/1/1 WJsW¹f m/1/1 । O
YˆI f/1/1 ZLsSRl f/1/1 । O
YˆI n/1/1 O
[IऽI n/1/1 ।

In 2nd, 4th, and 6th case, there are optional forms.

O 2/1 N”R a III/1 । (May the Lord protect you.)

E.g., ŒóNf 1/1 ÁLI/ÁL
O 2/1 N”R a III/1 । (May the Lord protect me.)
E.g., ΗNf 1/1 ILI/IL
O
E.g., ŒóNf 1/1 esa LI/sLI O N”R a III/1। (May the Lord protect us two.)
2/2

O 2/2 N”R a III/1। (May the Lord protect us two.)

E.g., ΗNf 1/1 osLI/XO 2/3 N”R a III/1। (May the Lord protect you all.)
a LX/sf
E.g., ŒóNf 1/1 e
O 2/3 N”R a III/1। (May the Lord protect us two.)
E.g., ΗNf 1/1 YjLX/Xf

O 4/1 XIf 0 । (Salutations to you)

a I/RJ
E.g., XIf 0 Rò
O 4/1 ©[ð 0। (May auspiciousness be on me.)
E.g., IÍI/IJ
O
E.g., XIf 0 esa LòLI/sLI O XIf 0 । (Salutations to you two)
4/2

O 4/2 ©[ð 0। (May auspiciousness be on us two

E.g., osLòLI/X¿
O 4/3 XIf 0 । (Salutations to you all)
a òI/sf
E.g., XIf 0 e
O 4/3 ©[ð 0। (May auspiciousness be on us all.)
E.g., YjòI/Xf

E.g., Rs/RJ 6/1 [U[«f 1/1। (your succuss)

E.g., II/IJ 6/1 [U[«f 1/1। (my succuss)
O iuˆI 1/1
E.g., esa ehf/sLI 6/2 O । (the house of you two)
O । (the house of us two)
E.g., osehf/X¿ 6/2 iuˆI 1/1
O 6/3 o{LeSf 1/1। (the teacher of you all)
a LMI/sf
E.g., e
O 6/3 o{LeSf 1/1। (our teacher)
E.g., YjLMI/Xf

122
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns

# ŸX
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “S 7 #” (you, the listener) in all genders
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) g; P 1/1 T42 7; P 1/2 TLT; P 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) P

g7;/g7 2/1 P
2/1 T42 7;/47; P P
2 7?/4(
2/2 Te 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) gT7 3/1 T42 7R7; P 2 7&Z(

3/2 Te 3/3

{Rya | (4th case) P

2 ;/16
1R 4/1 P
4/1 T42 7R7;/47; P 4/2 Te P
2 R;/4( 4/3

Z}Il (5th case) g1 P 5/1 T42 7R7; P 2 1P

5/2 Te 5/3

~l (6th case) 14/16 6/1 T42 T0(/47; P 6/2 Te P

2 7.;/4( 6/3

U€Il (7th case) g&T 7/1 T42 T0( 2 7) 2

7/2 Te 7/3

#
Declension of 6<@L "-ू ()l(X" “QzX #” (I, we, the speaker) in all genders
/:1H 9
#/F#G& „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O

ूyIL (1st case) %=; P 1/1 A47; P 1/2 4T; P 1/3

[zRleL (2nd case) P

;7;/;7 P
2/1 A47;/?O
2/1 P
2/2 %,7?/?( 2/3

RuRleL (3rd case) ;T7 3/1 A47R7; P 3/2 %,7&Z( 3/3

{Rya | (4th case) P

;h;/;6 P
4/1 A47R7;/?O P
4/2 %,R;/?( 4/3

Z}Il (5th case) ;1 P 5/1 A47R7; P 5/2 %,1 P 5/3

~l (6th case) ;;/;6 6/1 A4T0(/?O P

6/2 %,7.;/?( 6/3

U€Il (7th case) ;&T 7/1 A4T0( 7/2 %,7) 2 7/3

* There is no vocative.

7 # and QzX #
Assignment on SŸX

Do Exercise #34 in the last part of this book.

123
 Topic IX – Declension of Vowel-ending Nominal bases and Pronouns


17. Referring to the same object again (6ƒ2_ZK [anvādeśaM]) with x2/v$2 
When one object is mentioned for conveying something, then, again the same object
is mentioned for conveying something else, that mentioning of the same object for the
second time is called YŽLWJm [anvādeśa4] in grammatical terminology.
O
When †WI (this)/„RW O (this) are used in YŽLWJm [anvādeśa4], they assume different
forms in the 2nd case (2/1, 2/2, and 2/3), 3/1, 6/2, and 7/2. In these cases, the ूL[RZ[WM is
O
replaced by “„X” in all three genders. Note that they are not optional forms of †WI/„RW O.
Q XsA (referring again) of “|X"”# (this) and “š)X #” (this) in masculine

bXLP K S“LP K W”LP K

ूz I (1st case)

S“TQI (2nd case) „XI O 2/1 „X¿ 2/2 „XLX O 2/3

T^TQI (3rd case) „XXJ 3/1

PTz ™ (4th case)

\]  (5th case)

dš (6th case) „Xehf 6/2

V›  (7th case) „Xehf 7/2

The rest declines as usual.

Q XsA (referring again) of “|X"”# (this) and “š)X #” (this) in neuter

bXLP K S“LP K W”LP K

ूz I (1st case)

S“TQI (2nd case) O

„XR/„XW O 2/1 „X J 2/2 „XL[X 2/3

The rest (excepting 1st case) declines like masculine.

Q XsA (referring again) of “|X"”# (this) and “š)X #” (this) in feminine

bXLP K S“LP K W”LP K

ूz I (1st case)

S“TQI (2nd case) „XLI O 2/1 „X J 2/2 „XLf 2/3

T^TQI (3rd case) „XeL 3/1

PTz ™ (4th case)

\]  (5th case)

dš (6th case) „Xehf 6/2

V›  (7th case) „Xehf 7/2

The rest declines as usual.

124
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

Topic X
Declension of
Consonant-ending Nominal bases

O
Declension is done by suffixing nominal suffix (UZa -ूde [sup-pratyaya]) to nominal
base (ूL[RZ[WM [prātipadika]). This concept is most useful when declining consonant-ending
ूL[RZ[WMs because most of the declined forms are made by simply combining ूL[RZ[WM and
O
UZa -ूde.
While combining, consonant sandhi rules are applied in many places. Therefore,
consonant sandhi rules taught in Volume 2 – Phonetics & Sandhi are to be studied along
with this section.

Common steps in declension of zE> (consonant-ending) ू9$792

O
UZa -ूdes O
without †R (indicatory) letter are suffixed to ूL[RZ[WM (nominal base).
a +
E.g., UiT O U 1/1
O

In 1/1, ूde “U”O is elided after consonant.

a +
E.g., UiT O 1/1
O
Sandhi rules apply between the last letter of ूL[RZ[WM and the first letter of UZa -ूde. If
the Yƒ is termed as ZW, the last letter of ूL[RZ[WM is considered to be at the end of ZW,
thus sandhi rules for ZWL] (end of ZW) will apply. The reference is given with the
Pā:ini-sūtra numbers found in the Consonant Sandhi section in Volume 2.
O òLI 3/2
E.g., I‰R + O
O
I‰W O + òLI 3/2 The last consonant at the end of ZW is softened. (Ref. 8.2.39)
O the end of the ZW (word, declined form), is changed into [sUi.S
U at
a +
E.g., UiT O YU 1/3
O

a
UiTU O
1/3

a
UiTf 1/3

125
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

O
UZa -ूdes O in
were originally taught by Pā:ini with indicatory letters, or †R [it]
O
grammatical terminology. When being used, †R (indicatory) letters are removed, as seen in
the next charts.
#
6l7 -ूjSs #
(nominal suffixes) without |) (indicatory) letters

Singular Dual Plural

1st case O
U [s] ž [au] O
YU [as]
2nd case O
YI [am] ž [au] O
YU [as]
3rd case o [ā] O
òLI [bhyām] O
[rU [bhis]
4th case „ [e] O
òLI [bhyām] O
òU [bhyas]
5th case O
YU [as] O
òLI [bhyām] O
òU [bhyas]
6th case O
YU [as] O
œU [os] O
oI [ām]
7th case † [i] O
œU [os] U a [su]

#
6l7 -ूjSs (nominal suffixes) modified for declension in neuter

Singular Dual Plural

1st case O
-/YI [am] * Œ [ī] † [i]
2nd case O
-/YI [am] * Œ [ī] † [i]

* When ूL[RZ[WM ends with short Y, the suffix is YI. O Otherwise, the suffix is elided.
The 3rd case onwards is the same as for masculine and feminine.

Note that there is no 8th case. The suffixes of the 1st case (ू?" (<=(‡A) alone are used
#
in the sense of vocative (6’pML" [sambodhanam]). However, the singular form of vocative
may be different from the normal singular form of the 1st case. For the sake of addressing
this only, the extra row for vocative (U
hKXI)O is added in a declensional chart. To avoid
confusing with the original 1st case, abbreviations S/1, S/2, and S/3 are used in this book.
The student has to be aware that S stands for the 1st case in vocative (U
hKXI).O

126
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

Pā:ini observed three different patterns of declension in three different sections in

the declensional chart. They are named as shown below for the sake of explaining the
ways of declension in an efficient manner.

Three sections in masculine and feminine

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O
[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूyIL (1st case) O

U [s] ž [au] O
YU [as]

[zRleL (2nd case) O

YI [am] ž [au]

RuRleL (3rd case)

{Rya | (4th case)

Z}Il (5th case)

~l (6th case)

U€Il (7th case)

Three sections in neuter

s{XI O „Ms{XI O [zs{XI O vºs{XI O
[sr[xf (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)
ूyIL (1st case) | [i]
[zRleL (2nd case) | [i]

The rest is the same as masculine and feminine.

The ूde in this section of the charts is termed UsSXLIÅLX [sarvanāmasthāna].

The Yƒ in this section of the chart is termed r [bha].

The Yƒ in this section of the chart is termed ZW [pada].

127
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases


1. -ending 
in   (masculine)/ (feminine) –   [suga"]

 
 (one who counts well)14 is the simplest to decline among all ू#$%&$'(s because it
requires the least numbers of modification in declension. Declension is done as follows:

 +
   1/1
 
& -ू./ 
without 0% letter is suffixed for declension.
 +
  1/1
 1/1 is to be elided after consonant.
 of
 
 1/1 This is the final form of 1/1.

 +
  4 1/2 & -ू./
 is suffixed for declension.

5 1/2
This is the final form of 1/2.
Etc.
 ” (one who counts well)  !-#$%
 
Declension of ू   “

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case)  

 
1/1
 
1/2
 1/3

$@%D/# (2nd case) 

  
2/1
 
2/2
 2/3

%E%D/# (3rd case) 

 
3/1
  3/2
  3/3

9%C F (4th case) 

 
4/1
  4/2
  4/3

&G;D (5th case) 

 
5/1
  5/2
  5/3

HID (6th case) 

 
6/1
 
6/2
  6/3

J;D (7th case)
  

7/1
 

7/2
 7/3


KLM:; (Vocative)  

 
S/1 
 
S/2 
 S/3

 
 (one who counts well) can be masculine or feminine, depending on the gender
 .  In either gender, it declines in the same manner.
of the ू#$%&$'( qualified by the word 

14
The ू   derived from 
 is   count) with “zero-suffix” denoting
(well) and !  (to
the agent of the action. By this suffix, the ! becomes ू  .

128
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

Words which decline in the same manner:

/,  R – ू.#S#T (abbreviations used in PāXini grammar)


Words which decline in the same manner except for 7/3, where  becomes H.  (Ref. 8.3.59):
S_, `_, ?a  – ू.#S#T (abbreviations used in PāXini grammar)


Assignment on -ending ू   in masculine and feminine

 ,  /,  S_, and `_  in 24 forms by the following steps:

Decline 


S_  +  1/1 
& -ू./ 
without 0% letter is suffixed for declension.
S_  + 1/1
 1/1 is to be elided after consonant.
 of
S_  1/1 This is the final form of 1/1.

S_  + 4 1/2 
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
S_5 1/2 This is the final form of 1/2.


S_  + R 1/3 
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
S_> 1/3  the end of &' becomes $8.c This is the final form of 1/3.
The last  at
....
S_  + 0 7/1 
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
S$_ 7/1 This is the final form of 7/1.


S_  + d 7/2 
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
S_L> 7/2  the end of &' becomes $8.c This is the final form of 7/2.
The last  at

S_  +   7/3 
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
S_  + H  7/3  suffix becomes ;eMf
 in c because _  is preceding. (Ref. 8.3.59)
SgH  7/3 This is the final form of 7/3.

Do Exercise #35 in the last part of this book.

129
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

2. %/&  -ending
 /'/(  
in   (masculine)/ (feminine) – )*% [marut]

For ू#$%&$'(s ending with `_  (consonants from 1st to 4th of the classes and sibilants),
the last letter becomes 3rd of the class at the end of &'. (Ref. kँm 8.2.39)
However, it becomes hardened in 7/3, and optionally in 1/1. (Ref. 9mc 8.4.55, 8.4.56)

The steps of declension of ;p% (wind god) are described below.


Declension of ू   “+” (wind god)  !- ,  -.-#$%

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case) /   1/1  1/2  1/3

$@%D/# (2nd case)   2/1  2/2  2/3

%E%D/# (3rd case)  3/1   3/2   3/3

9%C F (4th case)  4/1   4/2   4/3

&G;D (5th case)  5/1   5/2   5/3

HID (6th case)  6/1  6/2   6/3

J;D (7th case)  7/1  7/2   7/3

KLM:;  (Vocative)  /   S/1   S/2   S/3

 .
The rest is like 
Steps of declension
  1/1
;p% +  
& -ू./ 
without 0% letter is suffixed for declension.
 1/1
;p% +  1/1 is to be elided after consonant.
 of
;p'  1/1 The consonant at the end of &' becomes softened. (Ref. 8.2.39)

;p% 1/1 Optionally, the last consonant is hardened. (Ref. 8.4.56)

;p%/;p'  1/1 These are the final forms of 1/1.

 4 1/2
;p% + 
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
;p%5 1/2 This is the final form of 1/2.
...

130
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

In &' section (shown in gray background in the table):

 r#; 3/2
;p% +  & -ू./
 is suffixed for declension.
 The consonant at the end of &' becomes softened. (Ref. 8.2.39)
;p'  + r#; 3/2

;psr#; 3/2 This is the final form of 3/2.

   7/3
;p% + 
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
;p'  +   7/3 The consonant at the end of &' becomes softened. (Ref. 8.2.39)
   7/3
;p% + The consonant followed by hard consonant becomes hardened. (Ref. 8.4.55)
;pt  7/3 This is the final form of 7/3.

These ू#$%&$'(s decline in the same manner: (m. = masculine; f. = feminine)


%-ending words:
R%  - m. short R 8c<%E  - m./f. the one who supports everything
$8w%  - f. lightning (E x(;c(E%  - m./f. the one who has done everything

' -ending words:

 
y' - m. friend 8c$8'  - m./f. one who knows everything
;E'  - f. clay z&'  - f. calamity
{'  - f. wealth |&$:H'  - f. upani}ad

 1
Declension of ू   “  ” (friend)  !- ,  -.-#$%

Singular Dual Plural 

  +  1/1
y'
1st case
  
 /
 1/1  1/2

  1/3

   1/1
y'
y% 
 1/1 (Ref. 8.4.56)
2nd case 

 
2/1
 2/2

  2/3


3rd case 

 3/1


 
3/2

  3/3   + 4 1/2
y'
 1/2
y'5
4th case  4/1

 

 
4/2


  4/3

  + r#; 3/2
y'
5th case  5/1

 

 
5/2


  5/3
 r#;
y'  
3/2
6th case 

 6/1


 6/2


 
6/3

  +   7/3
y'
7th case
  7/1


 7/2
 

 7/3

 +
y%    7/3 (Ref. 8.4.55)
Vocative 
  
 /
 S/1  S/2

  S/3


  7/3
yt

131
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases


M-ending words:
~M  - f. hunger $;M  - f. fuel

 4 ” (hunger) 4 !-56 -.-#$%

Declension of ू   “3 
;! + 
1/1

Singular Dual Plural  1/1

;! +
;  1/1 (=ँ? 8.2.39)
1st case   1/1
 /   1/2   1/3

; 1/1 (B? 8.4.56)
2 case      
nd 2/1 2/2 2/3

 C 1/2
;! +
3 case      
rd 3/1 3/2 3/3
;!D 1/2
4th case   4/1  
4/2
  4/3  EF 3/2

;! +
5th case   5/1  
5/2
  5/3 
; EF 
3/2
(=ँ? 8.2.39)

6th case   6/1   6/2  

6/3 
;! + 7/3

7th case ; + 7/3

(=ँ? 8.2.39)
   7/1   7/2   7/3


; + 7/3
(B? 8.4.55)
Vocative   
  / S/1
   S/2
   S/3
;G 7/3


<-ending words:
  - f. a name of meter
R: < ((<  - f. direction

Declension of ू   “78  ” (a name of meter) : !-56 -.-#$%
9 :

Singular Dual Plural 

HIJK + 
1/1

 1/1
HIJK +
1st case 
  / 
  1/1  
 
1/2
 
 
1/3

HIJL 1/1 (=ँ? 8.2.39)
2 case  
     
nd
   
2/1 2/2 2/3

HIJ 1/1 (B? 8.4.56)
3 case        ! 3/3
rd

3/1 3/2
 C 1/2
HIJK +

4th case  HIJKD 1/2

 
 
4/1
  4/2
   4/3
 EF 3/2
HIJK + 
5th case  
 
5/1
  
5/2
   5/3

HIJMF 3/2 (=ँ? 8.2.39)
6th case  
 
6/1
 
 
6/2
 
 
6/3

HIJK + 7/3

7th case 
   7/1  
   
 " HIJL + (=ँ? 8.2.39)
7/2 7/3 7/3


HIJ + 7/3
(B? 8.4.55)
Vocative 
   /    
  S/1  
S/2
  
 
S/3
HIJN 7/3
 -ending
 /4/:
Assignment on /  in masculine and feminine
Decline all the ू#$%&$'(s in the above lists by the steps shown, and do Exercise #36.

132
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

 -ending
3. .//  
in   (masculine)/ (feminine) – 0. [1c]

 ,  the last letter becomes (/

For ू#$%&$'(s ending with 9/k  the end of &'. (Ref. (m
  at

8.2.30) Other steps such as softening and hardening are the same as before.


Declension of ू   “<=” (hymn, mantra) = !- ,  -.-#$%

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case)  # 

#$/ 1/1 #% 1/2 #% 1/3

$@%D/# (2nd case) #%  2/1 #% 2/2 #% 2/3

%E%D/# (3rd case) #% 3/1 #&  3/2 # ' 3/3

9%C F (4th case) #% 4/1 #&  4/2 #& 4/3

&G;D (5th case) #% 5/1 #&  5/2 #& 5/3

HID (6th case) #% 6/1 #% 6/2 #%  6/3

J;D (7th case) #% 7/1 #% 7/2 #  7/3

KLM:;  (Vocative)  #  S/1  #%

 #$/ S/2  #% S/3

The rest declines like ;p%. 


OB + 
1/1
 C 1/2
OB + 
OB + 7/3

 1/1
OB + OBD 1/2 O + 7/3
(Ref. 8.2.30)
O  + 1/1 (Ref. 8.2.30)  EF 3/2
OB +  
O + 7/3
(Ref. 8.2.39)
 1/1
O + (Ref. 8.2.39) O  + EF 3/2
 (Ref. 8.2.30)  R 7/3
O + (Ref. 8.3.59)
O  + 1/1 (Ref. 8.4.56)  EF 3/2
O +  (Ref. 8.2.39) O  + R 7/3 (Ref. 8.4.55)


9-ending words:
8#9  - f. word m9  - f. skin

k-ending words:
$mk  - m. priest $<Hk  -m. doctor
 -ending
Assignment on =/@  in masculine and feminine
Decline all the ू#$%&$'(s in the above lists by the steps shown, and do Exercise #37.

133
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases


4. 34-ending 
in  / – 56 4 [yogin]/56 4 [yoginī]


The ू#$%&$'( /L$: [yogin] 
is derived from the word /L [yoga] by suffixing 0: [in], a

suffix in the sense of “one who has ...”. Thus, /L$: means “one who is with /L”.
In the declension in masculine: (See the next page for the steps of declension.)
 ू#$%&$'(
In 1/1, the elongation ('D‡)c of the penultimate (|&M#) 0 and the elision of : of
are observed, while in S/1 ू#$%&$'( remains the same.
 ू#$%&$'( takes place. (Ref. :_L& 8.2.7)
At the end of &', the elision of the last : of

For some ू#$%&$'(, m (Ref. 8.4.1) takes place when R9-beginning 
& -‰// follows.

 8” (one who is with AB) 8 !- ,  -.-#$%

Declension of ू   “AB

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case) () 1/1 (  1/2 (  1/3

$@%D/# (2nd case) (   2/1 (  2/2 (  2/3

%E%D/# (3rd case) (  3/1 (   3/2 (   3/3

9%C F (4th case) (   4/1 (   4/2 (   4/3

&G;D (5th case) (  5/1 (   5/2 (   5/3

HID (6th case) (  6/1 (  6/2 (   6/3

J;D (7th case) (   7/1 (  7/2 ( *  7/3

KLM:;  (Vocative)  (   S/1  (  S/2  (  S/3

 .
The rest declines like 

0:-ending words:
R$M(#$T:  - eligible person Š#$‹c:  - the Lord Vi}Xu
Ž#$::  - one who has knowledge Š#$:  - one who knows the scripture
'$S:  - one who has a body ‘#$T: - sa’sārin
&$~:  - bird #$~:  - witness
ू#$:  - one who lives “#$;:  - master
8”$T:  - enemy S$•:  - elephant

134
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

Steps of declension:
  1/1
/L$: +  
& -ू./ 
without 0% letter is suffixed for declension.
 1/1
/L$: +  1/1 is to be elided after consonant.
 of

/LD: 1/1 
Being 0:-ending ू#$%&$'(, in 1/1 the penultimate 0 is elongated.
/LD 1/1  ू#$%&$'( is elided. (Ref. 8.2.7)
At the end of &', the last : of

  S/1
/L$: +  
& -ू./ 
without 0% letter is suffixed for declension.
 S/1
/L$: +  1/1 is to be elided after consonant.
 of

/L$: S/1 For KLM:, the elongation of the penultimate (|&M#'D‡>c ) and the elision of : 
does not take place.

 4 1/2 & -ू./

/L$: +  is suffixed for declension.
/L$:5 1/2 This is the final form of 1/2.
...
In &' section:
 r#; 3/2
/L$: + 
 & -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
 ू#$%&$'( is elided. (Ref. 8.2.7)
 At the end of &', the last : of
/L$ + r#; 3/2

/L$r#; 3/2 This is the final form of 3/2.

   7/3 & -ू./

/L$: +  is suffixed for declension.
/L$ +   7/3  ू#$%&$'( is elided. (Ref. 8.2.7)
At the end of &', the last : of
/L$ + H  7/3   ,  in
Being preceded by 0-(  suffix becomes ;eMf
c . (Ref. 8.3.59)
/L$H  7/3 This is the final form of 7/3.

In the declension in feminine, a feminine suffix “—” is added to ू#$%&$'(, resulting in

“/L$:D”, and it declines like “:'D”.


Assignment on D8-ending in masculine/feminine

Make the declension charts for the ू#$%&$'(s in the list above, both in masculine and
feminine.
Do Exercise #38 in the last part of this book.

135
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

 -ending
5. )%/;%  
in  / – ( ;% [bhagavat]/( ;% [bhagavatī]


The ू#$%&$'( <8% [bhagavat] is derived from the word < [bhaga] (virture) by

suffixing ;% [mat],  changed into 8 
 ;% is
a suffix in the sense of “one who has ...”. The ; of
 the end or at penultimate. Thus, the form becomes “<8%”,
when ू#$%&$'( has R/z/; at
and it means “one who has <”.
In the declension in masculine: (See the next page for the steps of declension.)
 inserted after the last vowel of ू#$%&$'(.
In 8c:#;™#:, an extra letter : is

In 1/1, the elongation ('D‡>c ) of penultimate (|&M#) of the extra : and the elision of % 
of ू#$%&$'( are observed, while in S/1 elongation does not happen.
Other than 8c:#;™#:, it declines like ;p%. 


Declension of ू   “:E” (the Lord) 7G!- ,  -.-#$%15

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case) +   1/1 +, 1/2 +, 1/3

2/1 2/2
$@%D/# (2nd case) +,  +, + 2/3

%E%D/# (3rd case) 3/1 +   3/2 +   3/3

+

9%C F (4th case) + 4/1 +   4/2 +   4/3

&G;D (5th case) + 5/1 +   5/2 +   5/3

HID (6th case) + 6/1 + 6/2 +  6/3

J;D (7th case) +  7/1 + 7/2 +  7/3

KLM:;  (Vocative)  +  S/1  +, S/2  +, S/3

The rest declines like ;p%. 

In the declension in feminine, a feminine suffix “—” is added to ू#$%&$'(, resulting in
“<8%D”, and it declines like “:'D”.

15
All the suffixes in this section end with H.T ू  s ending with such suffix are called H?U.

136
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases


;%-ending words:
M:8%  - one who has wealth A$ š;%  - one who has A$ š
_›D8% - one who has _›D $8w#8% - one who has knowledge
ौD;%  - one who has wealth   - Hanumanji
S:;%
The following ू#$%&$'(s are also derived with R%-ž  ending suffixes. They decline in

the same manner as ;%-ending ू#$%&$'( in both masculine and feminine. (%8%D, %#8%D, etc.)
%8%  - one who has gone ौ% 8%  - one who has heard
|=8%  - one who has said Ÿ8%  - one who has seen
%#8%  - that much <8%  - respectful way to address “you”

Steps of declension:
In 8c:#;™#: section:
  1/1
<8% +  
& -ू./ 
without 0% letter is suffixed for declension.
 1/1
<8% +  1/1 is to be elided after consonant.
 of
<8 
1/1

Being “;%”-suffix  inserted
ending ू#$%&$'(, in 8c:#;™#: an extra letter : is
after the last vowel of ू#$%&$'(.
<8# 
1/1

Being “;%”-suffix  elongated.
ending ू#$%&$'(, in 1/1 the R before the : is

<8#: 1/1  elided.
Being the last letter of conjunct consonants at the end of &', % is


<8: S/1 In KLM:, the entire steps are the same as 1/1 except for the elongation.

 4 1/2 & -ू./

<8% +  is suffixed for declension.
<8  4 1/2 Being “;%”-suffix
+   inserted
ending ू#$%&$'(, in 8c:#;™#: an extra letter : is
after the last vowel of ू#$%&$'(.
<8 5 1/2 This is the final form of 1/2.
For the rest of 8c:#;™#:, declension is like 1/2.

In other sections: Same as ;p% 

 -ending
Assignment on /E  in masculine/feminine
Make the declension charts for the ू#$%&$'(s in the above lists, both in masculine and
feminine.
Do Exercise #39 in the last part of this book.

137
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases


6. @%A-B ending in  / – % [sat]/% [satī]


The ू#$%&$'( % [sat] 
is derived from the M#%  R [as] (to be, to exist) by suffixing Š%Ež

[śat¢], whose content is only R% [at], a suffix in the sense of “one who is doing ...”. After
some modifications, the form becomes “%”, and it means “one who is existing”.
In the declension in masculine:
 inserted after the last vowel of ू#$%&$'(.
In 8c:#;™#:, an extra letter : is

In 1/1 and S/1, the last % drops. Other than 8c:#;™#:, it declines like ;p%. 
 -ending
Note: the only difference between the declensions of ;%/8%  and Š%E-ž ending
masculine is the presence and absence respectively of the elongation ('D‡)c of penultimate
(|&M#) in 1/1.


Declension of ू   “” (being, one who is existing) #ऽ!- ,  -.-#$% 16

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case)
  1/1
, 1/2
, 1/3

2/1 2/2
$@%D/# (2nd case)
, 
,
 2/3

%E%D/# (3rd case) 3/1
   3/2
   3/3



9%C F (4th case)
 4/1
   4/2
   4/3

&G;D (5th case)
 5/1
   5/2
   5/3

HID (6th case)
 6/1
 6/2
  6/3

J;D (7th case)
 7/1
 7/2
  7/3

KLM:;  (Vocative) 
  S/1 
, S/2 
, S/3

The rest declines like ;p%. 

16
The ू  which ends with VWT is called VऽU.(VWT + HU with Y- Z)

138
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

In the declension in feminine, a feminine suffix “—” is added to ू#$%&$'(, resulting in

“%D”, and it declines like “:'D”. 17

Š%E-ending words:
&9%  - one who is cooking &ँ/%  - one who is seeing
$%I%  - one who is standing £#/%  - one who is meditating

Assignment on #K-L ending in masculine

Make the declension charts for the ू#$%&$'(s in the above list in masculine.
Do Exercise #40 in the last part of this book.

17
 added after the H of H.  E.g, BU^, ँYU^, _U^, `YU^, ^aU^. If
If the ! is of 1st/4th , I is
 optional. E.g.,  U^/ ^,
the ! is of 6th  or b-ending ! of 2nd , the addition of I is
YU^/Y^

139
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases


7. D4-ending 
in   (masculine) – EF4 [ātman]

In 8c:#;™#:, except for S/1, elongation ('D‡)c of penultimate (|&M#) takes place.
 ू#$%&$'( takes place (Ref.
At the end of &', except for S/1, the elision of the last : of
8.2.7).

Declension of ू   “MN8” (self) 78-7!-
 ,  -.-#$%

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case) -. 1/1 -.  1/2 -.  1/3

2/1 2/2
$@%D/# (2nd case) -.   -.  -. 2/3

%E%D/# (3rd case)  3/2 -.  3/3

-. 3/1 -.

9%C F (4th case) -.  4/1 -.  4/2 -.  4/3

&G;D (5th case) -. 5/1 -.  5/2 -.  5/3

HID (6th case) -. 6/1 -. 6/2 -.  6/3

J;D (7th case) -.  7/1 -. 7/2 -.
 7/3

KLM:;  (Vocative)  -.  S/1  -.  S/2  -.  S/3

The rest declines like /L$:. 


R:-ending masculine words:
R¤:  - way, path ॄ¦:  - Brahmājī
Rँ;:  - stone <e;: * - many-ness
©ª:  - steam ;$S;: * - greatness
&#«:  - &#& T#k: * - king
 -ending
* For ू#$%&$'(s which does not have 8/;  conjunct consonants before R:,  in <

section, the R of the last R: disappears (optional in 7/1) and the form will become – T#Ž>
 , T#$Ž or T#k$: 7/1.
, T#Ž# 3/1, T#Ž 4/1, T#Ž> 5/1, 6/1, T#ŽL> 6/2, 7/2, T#Ž#; 6/3
2/3

140
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

Steps of declension:
In 8c:#;™#: section:
  1/1
z¬: +  
& -ू./ 
without 0% letter is suffixed for declension.
 1/1
z¬: +  1/1 is to be elided after consonant.
 of

z¬#: 1/1 
Being R:-ending ू#$%&$'(, in 8c:#;™#: the penultimate R is elongated.
z¬# 1/1  ू#$%&$'( is elided. (Ref. 8.2.7)
At the end of &', the last : of

  S/1
z¬: +  
& -ू./ 
without 0% letter is suffixed for declension.
 S/1
z¬: +  1/1 is to be elided after consonant.
 of

z¬: S/1 For KLM:, the elongation of the penultimate (|&M#'D‡>c ) and the elision of : 
do not take place.

 4 1/2
z¬: + 
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
 4½
z¬#: + 
Being R:-ending ू#$%&$'(, in 8c:#;™#: the penultimate R is elongated.
z¬#:5 1/2 This is the final form of 1/2.

In < section:
 R 2/3
z¬: +  
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
z¬:> 2/3  the end of &' becomes $8.c
This is the final form of 2/3.  at

ू#$%&$'( with * in the list in < section:

 R 2/3
T#k: +  
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
 R 2/3
T#k : +  
For some :-ending  elided. (Optional in 7/1)
ू#$%&$'(s, the R of R: is
 +
T#k ­ 
 R 2/3 
Because of the contact with k,  : becomes ­.  (Ref. 8.4.40)
T#Ž> 2/3  the end of &' becomes $8.c
This is the final form of 2/3.  at

In &' section:
The same as /L$:.  The last : of
 ू#$%&$'( is elided at the end of &'. (Ref. 8.2.7)


Assignment on 78-ending in masculine
Make the declension charts for the ू#$%&$'(s in the list above.
Do Exercise #41 in the last part of this book.

141
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases


8. D4-ending 
 I (neuter) – ॄK4 [brahman]
in 4 


The rules for declension of R:-ending in masculine and neuter are the same. The

only difference is the modified & -ू./s in 1st and 2nd case in neuter, by which the R‹s for
singular and dual are termed &' and <, respectively, and the suffix 0 in plural is termed
8c:#;™#:.

In neuter, -ू./ in 1st and 2nd cases are specially modified as shown before.

Singular Dual Plural

1st case - * — [ī] 0 [i]

2nd case - * — [ī] 0 [i]

* When ू#$%&$'( ends with a letter other than a short R, the suffix is elided.

In 8c:#;™#:, elongation ('D‡)c of penultimate (|&M#) takes place.

 ू#$%&$'( takes place. (Ref. 8.2.7)
At the end of &', the elision of the last : of


Declension of ू   “ॄP8” (brahman) 78-7!-8
 ,   -.-#$%

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case) 1/1 1/2

ॄ0 ॄ0) ॄ0  1/3

$@%D/# (2nd case) ॄ0 2/1 ॄ0) 2/2 ॄ0  2/3

%E%D/# (3rd case) 3/1  3/2

ॄ0 ॄ0 ॄ0  3/3

9%C F (4th case) ॄ0 4/1 ॄ0  4/2 ॄ0  4/3

&G;D (5th case) ॄ0 5/1 ॄ0  5/2 ॄ0  5/3

HID (6th case) ॄ0 6/1 ॄ0 6/2 ॄ0  6/3

J;D (7th case) ॄ0  7/1 ॄ0 7/2 ॄ0
 7/3

KLM:;  (Vocative)  ॄ0 

S/1 S/2
 ॄ0)  ॄ0  S/3

 &$‘  _‹.
The rest declines like z¬: in

142
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases


R:-ending neuter words:
(;c:  - action M#;: * - place ®L;: * - space, sky
k¯:  - birth :#;: * - name
 -ending
* For ू#$%&$'(s which does not have 8/;  conjunct consonants before R:,  in <

section, the R of the last R: disappears (optional in 1/2, 2/2, and 7/1) and the form will
 , :#$°/:#;$: 7/1.
become – :#°D/:#;:D 1/2, 2/2, :#°# 3/1, :#° 4/1, :#°> 5/1, 6/1, :#°L> 6/2, 7/2, :#°#; 6/3
Steps of declension:
In 1/1, S/1, and 2/1:
 1/1
ॄ¦: + 
 ž  and R; are elided when ू#$%&$'( in neuter does not end with a short R.
ॄ¦ 1/1  ू#$%&$'( is elided. (Ref. 8.2.7)
At the end of &', the last : of

 S/1
ॄ¦: + 
For KLM:, the elision of : does not take place.

In < section:
 — 1/2
ॄ¦: + 
The modified form of & -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
ॄ¦D 1/2 
When applicable, m; takes place (Ref. 8.4.2).

ू#$%&$'( with * in the list in < section:

 — 1/2
:#;: + 
The modified form of & -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
 — 1/2
:#; : + 
For some :-ending  elided. (Optional in 7/1)
ू#$%&$'(s, the R of R: is
:#°D 1/2 This is the final form of 1/2.

In 8c:#;™#: section:
 0 1/3
ॄ¦: + 
The modified form of & -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
 0 1/3
ॄ¦#: + 
Being R:-ending ू#$%&$'(, in 8c:#;™#: the penultimate R is elongated.
ॄ¦#$ 1/3 
When applicable, m; takes place (Ref. 8.4.2).

In &' section:
The same as z¬:.  The last : of
 ू#$%&$'( is elided at the end of &'. (Ref. 8.2.7)


Assignment on 78-ending in neuter
Make the declension charts for the ू#$%&$'(s listed above.
Do Exercise #42 in the last part of this book.

143
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases


9. D-ending 
 I (neuter) – )4 [manas]
in 4 

 inserted after the last vowel of ू#$%&$'(. Then, the

In 8c:#;™#:, an extra letter : is

elongation ('D‡ c) of penultimate (|&M#) of the extra : takes 
place. Finally, that : becomes

R:“#T because of the following .  (Ref. 8.3.24)
 the end of &' becomes as though $8,c to which modifications
In &' section, the  at
c $± are observed according to the following letter. (Ref. $8
by $8 c $±>)


Declension of ू   “8” (mind) 7-7!-8
 ,   -.-#$%

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case) 1/1 1/2

 
)  1
1/3

$@%D/# (2nd case)  2/1 
) 2/2  1
2/3

%E%D/# (3rd case) 3/1  3/2


   3/3

9%C F (4th case) 
 4/1   4/2   4/3

&G;D (5th case) 
 5/1   5/2   5/3

HID (6th case) 
 6/1 
 6/2 
 6/3

J;D (7th case) 
7/1 
 7/2  


2/ 7/3

KLM:;  (Vocative) S/1 S/2

   
)   1
S/3

The rest declines like ॄ¦:. 


R-ending neuter words:
?M  - fuel %;  - darkness Tk  - dust
9%  - consciousness %k  - brilliance 89  - speech, word
²³  - the Veda &/  - milk, water 8/  - age
%&  - religious discipline /Š  - fame $ŠT  - head

R-ending adjective words:
TD/  - more important ौ/  - better

144
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

Steps of declension:
In 1/1, S/1, and 2/1:
 1/1
;: + 
 ž  and R; are elided when ू#$%&$'( in neuter does not end with a short R.
;:> 1/1  the end of &' becomes $8.c
 at

In < section:
 — 1/2
;: + 
The modified form of & -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
;:D 1/2

In 8c:#;™#: section:
 0 1/3
;: + 
The modified form of & -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
 0 1/3
;:´ + 
Being -ending  inserted after the
ू#$%&$'(, in 8c:#;™#: an extra letter : is
last vowel of ू#$%&$'(.
 0 1/3 The penultimate of the extra : is
;:#´ +  elongated.

;:#‘$ 1/3 
Within a &', : followed 
by  becomes 
R:“#T. (Ref. 8.3.24)

In &' section:
 r#; 3/2
;: +  
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.

(;:> + r#; 3/2  the end of &' as though18 becomes $8.c )
 at

;:L+ r#; 3/2 c $±>) is as though applied.
“:;L :;>” $±> (Ref. Volume 2 in $8

   7/3
;: + 
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
;:> +   7/3  the end of &' becomes $8.c
 at
;:+   7/3  $8 c when  follows.
The optional  for  c $±>)
(Ref. Volume 2 in $8


Assignment on 7-ending in neuter
Make the declension charts for the ू#$%&$'(s in the list above.
Do Exercise #43 in the last part of this book.

18
This becoming d  and its modifications are said to be “as though” because they do not happen
through the process of Pāfini-sūtras.

145
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

 -ending
10. 3N/ON  
 I (neuter) – P6%N [jyotiR]/.S
in 4  
N [cakRuR]


The declension is similar to R-ending neuter.
 the end of &' becomes as though $8,c to which $8
In &' section, the H at c $±
c $±>)
modifications are applied, according to the letter which follows. (Ref. $8

When < (soft 
consonant) follows, H becomes Tµ (¶L$%r#c;,  etc.)
c due to the 0 in ¶L$%H. 
   becomes ;eMf
In 7/3, the  of


Declension of ू   “QB R” (light) DR-7!-8
 ,   -.-#$%

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case) 1/1 1/2

3  3 *) 34 * 1/3

$@%D/# (2nd case) 3  2/1 3 *) 2/2 34 * 2/3

3/1 3/2
%E%D/# (3rd case) 3 * 3  5  3  5 3/3

9%C F (4th case) 3 * 4/1 3  5  4/2 3  5 4/3

&G;D (5th case) 3 * 5/1 3  5  5/2 3  5 5/3

HID (6th case) 3 * 6/1 3 * 6/2 3 *  6/3

J;D (7th case) 3  * 7/1 3 *  3 * 

7/2 3 6/ 7/3

KLM:;  (Vocative) S/1 S/2

 3   3 *)  34 * S/3


0H-ending neuter words:
R$9cH  - ray of light S$8H  - oblation

|H-ending neuter words:

The declension is the same as for 0H-ending. Just change 0 into |, and — into ©.
z/H  - life 9~H  - eye
M:H  - bow /kH  - sacrificial prayer
8&H  - body

146
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases

Steps of declension:
In 1/1, S/1, and 2/1:
 1/1
¶L$%H + 
 ž  and R; are elided when ू#$%&$'( in neuter does not end with a short R.
¶L$%> 1/1  the end of &' becomes $8,c just like  at
H at  the end of &' does.

In < section:
 — 1/2 The modified form of & -ू./
¶L$%H +  is suffixed for declension.
¶L$%HD 1/2 This is the other final form.

In 8c:#;™#: section:
 0 1/3 The modified form of & -ू./
¶L$%H +  is suffixed for declension.
 0 1/3 Being H-ending
¶L$%¸ +   inserted after the
ू#$%&$'(, in 8c:#;™#: an extra letter : is
last vowel of ू#$%&$'(.
 0 1/3 The penultimate of the extra : is
¶L%D¸ +  elongated.

¶L%¹$H 1/3 
Within a &', : followed 
by H becomes 
R:“#T. (Ref. 8.3.24)

In &' section:
 r#; 3/2
¶L$%H +  
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.

(¶L$%> + r#; 3/2  the end of &' as though becomes $8,c just like  at
H at  the end of &'

does.)

¶L$%T+ r#; 3/2  ¦#” $±> (Ref. Volume 2 in $8
“pॄc c $±>) is as though applied.

   7/3
¶L$%H + 
& -ू./ is suffixed for declension.
¶L$%> +   7/3  the end of &' becomes $8,c just like  at
H at  the end of &' does.

¶L$%>H  7/3  & -ू./

 of  c . This is one of the final forms.
becomes ;eMf
¶L$%º  7/3 This is the other final form.

 -ending
Assignment on DR/SR  in neuter
Make the declension charts for the ू#$%&$'(s in the above lists.
Do Exercise #44 in the last part of this book.

147
 Topic X – Declension of Consonant-ending Nominal bases


11. D-ending 
in   (masculine) – .U) [candramas]


The R-ending masculine is easy to decline.
In 1/1, the elongation ('D‡ c) of penultimate (|&M#) takes place.
In S/1, the elongation ('D‡ c) of penultimate (|&M#) does not take place.
In &' section, the declension is the same as ;:,  R-ending
 neuter.

For the rest, just simply combine the ू#$%&$'( and & -ू./.  the end of &' always
 at
becomes $8.c

Declension of ू   “=T” (moon) 7-7!-
 ,  -.-#$%

89:;  ?(89:;  $@89:;  AB89:; 

$8<$=> (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)

ूC;# (1st case) %7  1/1 %7
 1/2 %7
 1/3

$@%D/# (2nd case) %7
 2/1 %7
 2/2 %7
 2/3

%E%D/# (3rd case) %7
3/1 %7   3/2 %7   3/3

9%C F (4th case) %7
 4/1 %7   4/2 %7   4/3

&G;D (5th case) %7
 5/1 %7   5/2 %7   5/3

HID (6th case) %7
 6/1 %7
 6/2 %7
 6/3

J;D (7th case) %7
7/1 %7
  %7 
 7/3

7/2 %7 2/

KLM:;  (Vocative)  %7  S/1  %7
 S/2  %7
 S/3

 .
In &' section, it declines like ;:.  The rest declines like 


R-ending masculine words:
8M  - the creator 
;:  - the one who has good mind
:$9( %  - name of a boy who appears in Ka¼hopani}ad

148
 
Topic XI – Nouns in Apposition (;#:#$M(T; [samānādhikaraXam])

Topic XI
Nouns in Apposition

( [samānādhikara"am])

In a sentence there can be two or more nouns in the same case. These two words
can be:
• In apposition (;#:#$M(T [samānādhikaraXa])
When these two words indicate the same (;#:) object (R$M(T), they are
said to be in apposition. (;#:#$M(T [samānādhikaraXa])

E.g., 1) ³T> 1/1
A#_> 1/1 <8$% । (There is a beautiful boy.)
• Not in apposition (®$M(T [vyadhikaraXa])
When these two words indicate different objects, they are not in apposition
(®$M(T).
E.g., 2) A#_> 1/1 k> 1/1 9 <8%> । (There is a boy and an elephant.)

When nouns are in apposition, two types of relationship are possible. Note that the
relationship can only be determined contextually.
A. Adjective/substantive relationship
($8ŠH-$8Š¾-<#8> [viśe}aXa-viśe}ya-bhāva¿])
B. Noun/predicate relationship
(|Àँ/-$8M/-<#8> [uddeśya-vidheya-bhāva¿])

149
 
Topic XI – Nouns in Apposition (;#:#$M(T; [samānādhikaraXam])

A. Adjective/substantive relationship ($8ŠH-$8Š¾-<#8> [viśe}aXa-viśe}ya-bhāva¿])

Adjective qualifies substantive.

This can be called qualifying ($8ŠH)-qualified ($8Š¾)-relationship (<#8).

They can be subject, object, or anything in the sentence. They can be in any case.


Ex. 1) ³T> 1/1
A#_> 1/1 <8$% । (There is a beautiful boy.)

Ex. 2) ³T;  A#_; 2/1
2/1
 &ँ/$% । (He sees a beautiful boy.)

  3/1 A#_: 3/1 S Á$% । (He goes with a beautiful boy.)

Ex. 3) ³T

Ex. 4) ³T#/ 4/1
A#_#/ 4/1 ''#$% । (He gives to a beautiful boy.)

Ex. 5) ³T#% 5/1
 k#/%। (Something is born of a beautiful boy.)
 A#_#% 5/1


Ex. 6) ³TÂ 6/1
A#_ 6/1 S> R$•। (There is a house of a beautiful boy.)
 7/1 A#_ 7/1 <$=> R$•। (There is devotion in a beautiful boy.)
Ex. 7) ³T

B. Noun/predicate relationship (|Àँ/-$8M/-<#8> [uddeśya-vidheya-bhāva¿])

The noun is known to both speaker and listener, while the predicate is known only

to the speaker, not to the listener. To convey what the listener does not know yet

about the noun, the speaker predicates the noun.

This can be called noun (|Àँ/)-predicate ($8M/)-relationship (<#8).

They can be subject and subjective complement.


E.g., 1) A#_> 1/1 ³T> 1/1
<8$% । (The boy is beautiful.)
In this case, the boy is the subject and beautiful is the subjective complement.
They can be object and objective complement.

 ³T;
E.g., 2) # A#_; 2/1   ;f% । (She considers the boy beautiful.)
2/1

In this case, the boy is the object and beautiful is the objective complement.

150
 
Topic XI – Nouns in Apposition (;#:#$M(T; [samānādhikaraXam])

Concord between nouns in apposition

Matching of the $_‹ (gender) and 89: (number) of words is called concord.

When the words are adjective and substantive, the adjective has to be in the same

gender and number as the substantive.


E.g., 1) AS8> m/1/3 ³T#> m/1/3
‡Ã#> m/1/3 <8$ । (Many beautiful pots exist.)
 > f/1/3 :w> f/1/3 <8$
E.g., 2) AÄ> f/1/3 ³/c । (Many beautiful rivers exist.) 19

E.g., 3) AÅ$: n/1/3 ³T#$ n/1/3
µ_#$: n/1/3 <8$ । (Many beautiful fruits exist.)

When they are noun and predicate, the matching of gender and number is not
mandatory.
E.g., 1) य# 6/1 '8%# f/1/1 R$Ç:5 m/1/2 । (The presiding deity of the nose is the two
Aśvins.)

E.g., 2) 8#c$ n/2/3 8•e$: n/2/3 —ÇT; m/2/1 ;f I/1 । (I consider all objects as Īśvara.)

19
When used in feminine, the adjective jk takes a feminine suffix m and become “ jk^”. It
declines as m-ending feminine, like I ^. ( jk^, jYn, jYo, etc.)

151
 
Topic XII – Indeclinables (R®/; [avyayam])

Topic XII
Indeclinables

(()* [avyayam])

R®/ literally means “that which does not decline”.20

Among nouns (A s) in Sanskrit, some nouns are called R®/s.
Technically speaking, R®/ is a subset of ू#$%&$'(. Being ू#$%&$'(, R®/ has to be

suffixed with & -ू./ in order to become &', usable form in the language. Thus, R®/-&' is
A -&' only. (In many textbooks R®/ is counted separately from A -&' but this is not
according to PāXini’s grammar system.)
The only difference from ordinary ू#$%&$'(s is that R®/ does not decline by

suffixing & -ू./. That is why it is called indeclinable.
The following is a list of R®/ often seen in the language.

9 – and
Positioning of the 9(#T 21 between words.
E.x. 1) A 9 B 9 । (A and B)
E.x. 2) A B 9 । (A and B)
o Unlike in English, there is no such usage as “A 9 B”.

Positioning of the 9(#T between sentences.

o 9(#T is generally placed as the second word in the next sentence.
E.g., '8'Ë> p‘ $8:/: :;$% । ?8‘ = :m#  Š#‘ &Ì$% ।
(Devadatta salutes his guru with humility.

20
I ap q HaYF।
21
Conventionally, the indeclinable B is referred to by the word B k.

152
 
Topic XII – Indeclinables (R®/; [avyayam])

And having saluted in this manner, he studies the scripture.)

/Ž'Ë> d':‘ : Í#'$% । म#;‘ = : Á$% ।
(Yajñadatta does not eat rice. And he does not go to the village.)
o No sentence starts with 9.

9(#T can bring in some words from the previous sentence.

 Á$% III/1 । (Rāma goes to the forest.)
E.g., T#;> 1/1 8:; 2/1
_›> 1/1 9 । (Lak}maXa also (goes to the forest).)
 Á$% III/1” are brought down from the previous sentence.
By 9, ”8:; 2/1

8# – or
Same positioning as 9(#T
 ?%$Ñ: 8#
E.g., %'  8•  %$Ñ: 8#  : Ÿँ/% । (That object is not seen there or here.)

%  – whereas, however, indeed

Same positioning as 9(#T
E.g., T#;> Á$%। _›> %  $%I$% । (T#; goes. Whereas, _› stays.)

$S – indeed, because
Same positioning as 9(#T
E.g., <Lk:: $S ~M # Š#Ò$% । (By eating alone the hunger is appeased.)
R$Ó> 0S R$•, Me;L $S Ÿँ/% । (Fire must be here because the smoke is seen.)

0$% - thus
Converts the words/sentence that comes before into ŠÔ“Õ& (direct speech).
 ;#‘ 8'$%। (Teacher tells me “you do“.)
E.g., “m‘ (TL$H” 0$% p>
In Sanskrit, there is no indirect speech.
Where the quote starts is understood by the context only.

?8 – only, indeed
Restriction
E.g., ?(;8 “D(TL$; । (I take only one.)

153
 
Topic XII – Indeclinables (R®/; [avyayam])


R8M#T; (emphasis)
E.g., RS‘ % > ?8। (I am indeed happy.)

: – no, not
: always goes with a verb.
 EUV । (There is no purifier equivalent to knowledge.)
E.g., 8 $S Ž#:: ŸŠ‘ &$8ऽ; 0S
When compounded with a word beginning with a consonant, the form becomes R.
E.g., : M;c> (in sentence) = RM;c> (in compound)
When compounded with a word beginning with a vowel, the form becomes R:. 
E.g., : z¬# (in sentence) = R:#¬# (in compound)

?8; – in this manner, thus

E.g., %ऽ ?8‘ $%। (When that is so, ... When that is the case, …)

R$& – even, also

E.g., (8/> R$& Rऽ ;L$S%#>। (Even poets are confused in this subject.)
 । _›> R$& 'ŠTC &ऽ>।
E.g., T#;> 'ŠTC &ऽ> 

(Rāma is a son of Daśaratha. Lak}maXa is also a son of Daśaratha.)

08 – as though, like
E.g., '8'Ë> ;eØ> 08 8'$%। (Devadatta talks as though he is confused.)

9% – if

E.g., &#&‘ (TL$% 9% :T(‘ $;¾$%। (If you do the Pāpa, you will go to Naraka.)

154
 
Topic XII – Indeclinables (R®/; [avyayam])

DY5s derived from 'Z%

When there is more than one action done by the same (%#c (agent) in a sentence, the

last action has to be told by $%a -&'; (verb). Other actions, which happen chronologically
before the last action, can be told by R®/ words derived from the M#%  of the action and the
suffix “m# [tvā]”.
For example, in the sentence “Having remembered a verse, he knows the meaning.”,
the action of remembering takes place before knowing. Thus, the first action is told by
suffixing m# to the M#%  ÑE (to remember), resulting in “ÑEm# (having remembered)”, and the
action of knowing is told by $%a &';,  “ALM$% (he knows)”.
Note that each action can take its own (;c, (T, R$M(T, etc.

Flow of time Having remembered a verse,  ÑEm# 0

ÙL(; 2/1

He knows the meaning.  ALM$% III/1

RC;c 2/1

• Action which takes place before the main action = remembering of verse
= M#%> + ू./> “m# [tvā]”
= ÑE + m#
= ÑEm# [sm¢tvā] (remembering, having remembered)
• The main action = knowing of the meaning
= M#%> + $%a- ू./
 $%
= AM +
= ALM$% (he knows.)

When the M#%  takes |&,c the suffix m# is replaced by “/”.

E.g., R:  + <e (to experience) + / = R:<e
 / (having experienced)
 approach) + / = |&Ò (having approached)
E.g., |& + ; (to
 added after the M#%.
If the M#%  ends with ॑“ (short vowel), the extra letter % is
 / = ू•.
E.g., ू + •  (to start) +  +  (having started)
 / = $8ÑE. (having forgotten)
E.g., $8 + ÑE (to forget) +  +

155
 
Topic XII – Indeclinables (R®/; [avyayam])

The following is a list of m#-ending R®/s.

• <e (1P) to be + m# = <em# (having become)

o R:  + <e (to experience) + / = R:<e
 / (having experienced)

• 
; (1P) to go + m# = m# (having gone)
 approach) + / = |&Ò (having approached)
o |& + ; (to
 understand) + / = R8Ò (having understoood)
o R8 + ; (to
• Ž# (9P) to know + m# = Ž#m# (having known)
o $8 + Ž# (to know) + / = $8Ž#/ (having known)
• (E (8U) to do + m# = (E m# (having done)
o R$M + (E (to be entitled to, to refer to) + / = R$M(E . (having made a topic of)
• ÑE (1P) to remember + m# = ÑEm# (having remembered)
o $8 + ÑE (to forget) + / = $8ÑE. (having forgotten)
• 
Ek (6P) to create + m# = EÛ# [s¢}¼vā] (having created)
 release) + / = $8E¶ (having released)
o $8 + Ek (to
• 
ŸŠ (1P) to see + m# = ŸÛ# [d¢}¼vā] (having seen)
• 
.k (1P) to give up + m# = .Ü# [tyaktvā] (having given up)
• <k 
 (7U)  [bhuktvā] (having eaten, having experienced)
to eat, experience + m# = <Ü#
• 
;: (4A) to consider + m# = ;m# (having considered)
• 
S: (2P) to destroy + m# = Sm# (having destroyed)
• $8'  (2P) to know + m# = $8$'m# (having known)

Assignment on 7WAs derived from 4  

Do Exercise #22 in the last part of this book.

156
 
Topic XII – Indeclinables (R®/; [avyayam])

DY5s derived from ;[4Z)s

The following are ू./s and their meanings, which are suffixed to certain 8c:#;s to
create R®/s.


% [tas] – in the sense of 5th case ending

•  /%> – from which, because (same as /Ñ#%)

/'  + % =
•  %%> – from that, therefore, because of that (same as %Ñ#%)
%'  + % =
E.g., /%> 0 8H$c % III/1 %%> 0 $%I#$; III/1 । (Because it rains, thus I stay.)
•  R%> – from this, therefore, because of this (same as ?%Ñ#%)
?%'  + % =
•  % =
$(; +  (%> – from where, why, because of what (same as (Ñ#%)

•  8c%> – on all sides, everywhere (same as 8cÑ#%)

8c + % =

ऽ [tra] – in the sense of 7th case ending

• /'  + ऽ = /ऽ – where (to make a relative clause), (same as /$Ñ:)

• %'  + ऽ = %ऽ – there (same as %$Ñ:)
• ?%'  + ऽ = Rऽ – here (same as ?%$Ñ:)
E.g., /ऽ 0 /ऽ 0 Me;> 1/1 %ऽ 0 %ऽ 0 8$Ý> 1/1 । (Wherever smoke is, there is fire.)22
•  ऽ = 0S – here (same as R$Ñ:)
0'; +
•  ऽ = (ऽ, Þ – where (same as ($Ñ:)
$(; +

'# – in the sense of 7th case ending, limited to the sense of time

•  )
/'  + '# = /'# – which time (to make a relative clause), (same as /$Ñ: (#_
•  )
%'  + '# = %'# – that time (same as %$Ñ: (#_
• 
8c + '# = 8c'#, '# – all the time, always (8c$Ñ: (#_ )

C# – showing a manner

• /'  + C# = /C# – just as (same as /: ू(#T)

• %'  + C# = %C# – in that manner (same as %: ू(#T)
E.g., /C# 0 0S 0 %C# 0 R;ऽ 0 । (Just like here, in the same manner there.)
•  C# = (C; – in which manner, how (same as ( : ू(#T)
$(; +

22
When a word is repeated twice, it can be an indication of covering everything.

157
 
Topic XII – Indeclinables (R®/; [avyayam])

 $9%/9:
Any declined form of $(; +  = indefinite pronoun

$9% and  all genders,
9: are indeclinable particles used with declined forms of $(; in
cases, and numbers, and any derived word of $(;,  to convey indefinite sense.

E.g., ($ß%/(ß: 
((> m/1/1 + $9%/9:) Á$% । Someone goes.

E.g., $($G%/$(G: 
($(; n/1/1 
+ $9%/9:) 
M:; R$• । There is some money.
E.g., ( $9%/( 
 9: (( m/1/3 + $9%/9:) k:#> 8'$ । Some people say.
 /: ( :$9%/(
E.g.,  > 
 :9: (( : n/3/1 + $9%/9:) । Happy with whatever.

E.g., (Â$9%/(Â9: 
((Â m/6/1 + $9%/9:) M:;। Wealth of somebody.

E.g., (Â#$G%/(Â#G: 
((Â#; f/7/1 
+ $9%/9:) :#/#c;। In some city.

E.g., (C$G%/(CG: ((C; 0 + $9%/9:)
  _<% । He somehow gains happiness.
͑

E.g., ($ß%/(ß: : Á$% । Somebody does not go./Anybody does not go./Nobody goes.
  %ß: : $A<$% । He is not afraid of anything.
E.g., (%$ß%/(

Assignment on 7WAs derived from EY8 

Do Exercise #23 in the last part of this book.

158
 Appendix

Preview of Volume 3 - Derivatives ( _;A`5a [pañcavttayac])

&G8EË/> = five types of 8E$Ë>

8E$Ë> = single word which has the meaning of two words

1. :#w M#%- 8E$Ë> (A new root derived from a root or a noun)

 Z!
4 %/   8 ू\A% = new 4 % called 8 U!4 %
+
• ;9  liberate) + 8 (to
 (to  desire) = ;; ~
 (to desire to liberate)

From the new M#%  “;; ~

 ”, ;; ~
 > , ;; ~
 #, etc., are derived.

•  cause something/someone do) = ™#$& (to cause to stay)

™# (to stay) + = (to
From the new M#%  “™#$&”, ™#&/$%, ™#&/, ™#&$/m#, ™#&:;,  etc., are derived.

 $Ë> (A new nominal base derived from a root)

2. (E %-8E

4 % + K -ू\A% 
= new ू   called K ! 
• 
(E (to do) + K= (agent of action) = (%E c (doer)
•  be) + #KL (agent of present action) = % (one
R (to  who is being)
• (E (to do) + ^ (object of past action) = (E % (that which is done)
• Ž# (to know) + _`  (R:) (instrument of action) = Ž#: (means of knowing)
• Š(  (to be able) + a8 ($%)
 (action itself) = Š$= (ability)

3. %$š%-8E$Ë> (A new nominal base derived from a nominal base)

  bू\A% = new ू   called
ू   +   b ! 
• 
ME%T#à + (of Dh¢tarā}¼ra) + 7 (R) (descendant) = M#%cT#à (descendant of Dh¢tarā}¼ra)
• ?( + (of one) + G (m) (status) = ?(m (oneness)
•  (status) = 8”T#á/ (vairāgya)
$8T# + (of virāga) + cd (/)
•  ) (one who has) = <8% (bhagavat)
< + (bhaga) + L  (;% 

• /L+ (yoga) + D 8L (0:) (one who has) = /L$: (yogin)



159
 Appendix

4. ;#-8E$Ë> (A new nominal base derived by compounding nouns)


Z!  EY ) + Z!
(e  
(Sf ) = new ू   called
  EK f%

1. 7WA6: E- % (Type A)     

+

o The meaning of &e8&c '; has predominance. (&e8&c '-RC-c ूM#:;)

o The compound word is R®/.

• 
Š$=; (capacity) R:$%बÒ (not exceeding) /C#Š$= (in keeping with one’s capacity)
। /C# is in the sense of “in keeping with”.


2. k+R- % (Type T)
   +  


o The meaning of |ËT&'; has predominance. (|ËT&'-RC-c ूM#:;)
o Gender and number of the compound are the ones of the |ËT&'.
•  (of teacher) (_‘ (home) p(
TL> 
  _; (gurukula)

3. Zmो6 o- % (Type B)

   +    

 word other than the two) has predominance. (Rf&'-

o The meaning of Rf&'; (a
RC c-ूM#:;)
o Gender and number of the compound are the ones of the Rf&'.
• 
&D%; (yellow) RKT‘ (clothes) / (for whom) > &D%#KT> $8ä> ।

4. rs- % (Type D)
   +  

o The meanings of both words have equal predominance. (|</&'-RC c-ूM#:;)

o Gender of the compound is the gender of the last word. Number of the
compound is the total number of the items in the compound.
• &#8c%D 9 &T;ÇT> 9 &#8c%D&T;ÇT5 । T#;ß D%# 9 D%#T#;5 or T#;D% ।

5. ?(ŠH-8E$Ë> (A new nominal base derived by keeping one word out of many)
• ;#%# (mother) 9 $&%# (father) 9 $&%T5 (parents), ;#%#$&%T5 (mother and father) 8# ।
• T#;ß T#;ß T#;5 । ; T#;ß T#;ß T#;ß T#;#> ।

160
 Exercises

Exercise #1 – _Ã  (present tense) (%c$T (active voice) with 1P M#%s

Common information
_(#T> (tense/mood) : _Ã  (present tense)
ू/L> (voice) : (%c$Tू/L> (active voice)

$%a ‘ &';  Information of Information of $%a- ू./ (verbal suffix) English

(verb) M#%  person / number 

&pH>/89:;  translation

+  III/1 <e (1P) to exist 3rd person/singular 

ूC;&pH>/?(89:;  He is

$* 5 ,

8

%9 ,

:)+ 

 ,

ँ( 

< ,

=9

>?

(

8

ँ( ,

:)+

+


=9 ,

>

161
 Exercises

 LŠ> (dictionary of roots)

Exercise #2 – M#%(
 LŠ and find appropriate M#%  according to the forms given in the list.
Consult M#%(

$%a ‘ &';  Information of M#%  Information of $%a- ू./ (verbal suffix) English

(verb) person / number 

&pH>/89:;  translation

% 5  I/3 
R9 c (1P) to worship 1st person/plural 
|Ë;&pH>/AB89:;  We worship

@* ,

A

%B 

:(

: 



9 

 ,

 +?

%

  &# (1P) to drink

ॅ ?

ो:

+

+

E% ,

9 



162
 Exercises

Exercise #3 - M#%  with |& c in the second part of M#%(

 LŠ>

with |& c meaning with |& c III/1 Translation

<e (1P) to be R:  + <e to experience 

R:<8$% He experiences
 <e
; +

; (1P) to go R8 + ; 

z + ; 

R$< + ; 

R$M + ; 

9T (1P) to go z + 9T 

ू + 9T 

8 (1P) to dwell $: + 8 

|& + 8 

ÑE (1P) to remember $8 + ÑE

AM (1P) to know ू + AM 
 AM 
; +

8'  (1P) to speak R:  + 8' 

ू$% + 8' 
 8' 
; +

ोk (1P) to go &$T + ोk 

y (1U) to take away &$T + y

|'  + z + y

;S  (4P) to be confused $8 + ;S 

 ;S 
; +

$'Š (6U) to show |& + $'Š 

$8Š (6P) to enter |& + $8Š 

ू + $8Š 

z& (5P) to pervade ू + z& 

(E (8U) to do R:  + (E

|& + (E

Ž# (9P) to know $8 + Ž#

163
 Exercises

Exercise #4 – z¬: &'D M#%s

Verb M#%> Translation Verb M#%> Translation

_<  III/3 
_< (1A) to obtain They obtain. k#/%

—~ k#/ 

A#M  'Dæ%

;L'% &w%

;L' &w 

/%   
A£

T;#;S  #;S
A£

T; ;f

8%c%  ;f

8%c  ;f%

8%  C 
/£

8 $8w%

Šç $8w 

_< $8w% 

_<#8S E¶%

ŠL<%  Rç%

S¤ ©S%

/%C  ?k#8S

(#Š% ?M%

(#Š ‡Ã%

<#H 9 

<#H¤ '/ 

8%è%  _L(

—~  8M%c 

8  é³%

T;  &9%

Šç#;S /k#;S

/%#;S e/%

164
 Exercises

Exercise #5 – M#%  with |& c in the second part of M#%(

 LŠ>

with |& c meaning with |& c III/1 Translation


—~ (1A) to see &$T + —~ 

 —~ 
; +

ू$% + —~ 


<#H (1A) to speak ू$% + <#H 

;'  (1A) to rejoice ू + ;' 

R:  + ;' 


T; (1A) to play, rejoice R$< + T; 

|& + T; 


8E% (1A) to be R$% + 8E% 

R:  + 8E% 

$: + 8E% 

ू + 8E% 

$8 + $: + 8E% 

Šç  (1A) to doubt z + Šç 


T< (1A) to begin z + T< 


8 (1A) to serve |& + 8 


k: (4A) to be born |& + k: 

R$< + k: 


;: (4A) to consider R$< + ;: 

&'  (4A) to gain |& + &' 

ू$% + &' 

 &' 
; +

165
 Exercises

Exercise #6 – (;c$ ू/L> (passive voice)

M#%> III/1 Translation III/3 Translation

&Ì  (1P) to study &ê% It is studied. &ê  They are studied.

; 

ŸŠ 

:; 

:D

R (4P)

&H 

ŠH 

0H (6P)

$'Š 

$_Í 

Ž# (9P)

z& (5P)

—~ 

A#M 

_< 

Šç 

8 

89  |ë%

R8 + ; 

R$M + ; 

|& + ; 

|& + $'Š 

R:  + <e

|& + _< 

z + Šç 

$8 + Ž#

ू + z& 

166
 Exercises

Exercise #7 – Other _(#Ts than _Ã 

Identify verbs in the following: 7. 8/‘ : <$8¾#;> । (२.१२)

$_à  8. RS‘ (C‘ ू$%/Lù#$; । (२.४)

1. 8#kौ8> 8c8' ‘ ''5 । (( १.१)  MÒõ ú#;‘ : ($T¾$ ।

9. m; 0;‘


2. ौš# %; z$88
Š । (( १.२) 
10. m‘ &#&; R8#û$ ।

3. %eä¹ A<e8 S । (D. २.î) 11. ;S#TC#> ;‘  ।

4. [<Dª>] Šï‘ 'ð5 । (D. १.१२) 12. m‘ /#Â$ ।

5. ;#M8> &#ñò8> 9 Šï5 ू'ð%> । (D. १.१४) 

13. AÅ: 8$'¾$ ।

 > । (D. १.१ô)

6. Šï#: 'ð 14. “õ ू#û$ ।


7. 8'®#> %‘ M;c; |&$:AA± । 15. ;S¹ <Lü ।


8. Rk:c > /š #% |&TT#;, &TM;õ 9 ू88E%  । 16. (;cA±‘ ूS#Â$ ।

9. $Š¾> : $899#_ । 17. A$ š> ®$%%$T¾$% ।

10. > kk c 9 । 

18. /'# A$ š> $:ß_# ™#Â$% %'# /L; R8#û$ ।


11. 8p‘ $&%T; |&#T । (% ” ३.१) (D. २.ý३)

19. RSç#T#% : ौL¾$ । (D. १ô.ýô)

ֈ 
20. % $S%‘ 8ü#$; ।
1. : R/‘ <$8%# ।
21. /> 0;‘ &T;‘ þ; 
 R$<M#Â$% 
> ;#; ?¾$% ।

2. %Ñ#% Rf> ; $ू/%T> : <$8%# ।(१ô.øî)
(D. १ô.øô)
3. %'# $:8è' ‘  #$ ।
22. %8 89:‘ ($T¾ ।
_EÃ 
_LÃ 
1. %‘ 8$'¾#$; ।
1. R8%  ;#; ।
2. (Ñ ” ;#‘ '#Â$ । (( १.४)
 <8#k:c ।
2. $: ”ñ/L
3. $(‘ ($T¾$% । (( १.४)
3. :/L> |</L> ;£ ; TC‘ ™#&/ । (१.२१)
4. : /Lù । (२.î)

4. &#C c ?%#: ;8   Õ: &ँ/
%#: (  । (१.२ý)
5. 0'‘ ; <$8¾$% । (१ø.१३)
5. |$ËI &T & । (२.३)

6. m#; % 8è : <$8¾$ । (११.३१)

167
 Exercises


6. %#: $%$%~“ <#T% । (D. २.१४)  $8k#:D/#% ।
2. ?%% (C‘

7. %'  $8$š । (D. ४.३४) 3. #‘ (E m# ौ8‘ (/#c% ।

8. 0;#‘
  । (D. २.३î)  D/

4. [RS‘] <L#: <  । (२.ý)

 “ <#T% । (D. २.२ô)

9. /£ 5. [8/‘] k/; ।


10. ŠT; R$Á । (D. २.४î) 6. [%] :> k//> ।

 “ । (D. २.ý०)
11. /L#/ /¶  /> Â#% %%
7. /% ौ  ॄe
 $S ।

12. /CÁ$ %C# (p । (D. १ô.ø३) 

8. > $(‘ ू<#H%, $(; zD%, $(‘ ोk% ।

13. (#Ґ ;$%> &$T.¶%#; । (#M:&G(;) 

9. RS‘ ौ/> z/#; ।

 õ $8$:Ò
14. $:kES#% %e 
c %#; ।(#M:&G(; ) 10. M;c> T$~%> Â#% ।

 Â#; ।
11. RS; 0>
_a 
 > ;f% ।
12. /=
1. .;<8% । (%०” २)

13. /C# %ऽ 8%èT: %C# %ऽ 8%èC#> ।

2. %'8#:ू#$8Š% । (% ”० २)
14. (L T;% ।
3. L;f% । ((० १.२)
15. 8•  |&_r% ।
 zD% । (²#० ø)
4. 0'; Rम
16. AB Â#; ।
5. R.$%I% । (&pHe
 =;)
17. 8õ &E$C®#‘ 'S/; ।
6. '8#> R/k  =;)
। (&pHe

7. RÇ#> Rk#/  =;)

। (&pHe zŠD$_ca 

 > Rk#/% । (&pHe

8. ू##% 8#/  =;) 1. ;L~L ; <e/#% ।

9. M;c~ऽ  ;8%#> // t   8c% । (१.१)

 8> $(; R( 2. R;E%Â M#T> <e/#; ।


10. T#k# 89:; Rॄ8D% । (१.२)
÷a 
11. Šï#> RrSf । (१.१३)

1. z8D% ;#; ।
 > R<8% । (१.१३)
12. > ŠÔ> %; _
2. [m‘] ” ‘ ;# Ñ ;> । (२.३)

13. Rk:c > ?8; |Ü# TCL&™ |&#$8Š% । (१.४)
3. [m‘] (;cµ_S%> ;# <e> ।

14. m; RŠLë#: 
RŠL9> । (२.११)
 >।
4. ;# Š9

$8$M$_a  
5. 0;‘ ‘8#'; Rौ5H; ।

1. z¬#:‘ T$C:‘ $8w#% । 6. %;8#$'H; ।

168
 Exercises

Exercise #8 – ूC;# $8<$=> (first case) in (%c$T ू/L> (active voice)

Parse each sentence in the list below following the steps explained below:

1) Mark each word of the sentence.

E.g., T#;> 1/1 Á$% III/1 ।

2) Give details of each verb and noun in this format.


$%a ‘ &'; (verb) – Á$%
•  go
M#%> (root) - ; to
• $%a- ू./> (verbal suffix) – _Ã  (present tense)/Y -ूAB% (Active voice)/III/1

A ‘ &'; (noun) – T#;>
• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) - T#; (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>, a-ending masculine)
• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – 1 (ूC;# $8<$=>, first case) /1 (?(89:;,  singular)
• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) – Y ूt (1st case in the sense of  )Y to u 

3) Translate the sentence into English.

E.g., Rāma goes.

 :;%> ।
1. &pH5 9. '8'Ë> RÂ$% । 17. <'> R$• । 25. 9 > (#Š% ।

2. k:#> kD8$ । 10. 'S#> :ँ/$ । 18. K±5 •> । 26. '8#> ;L'  ।

3. kD8> &ँ/$% ।  $
11. '8#> %¾ । 19. k:#> $ । 
27. &pH#> /%  ।

4. '85 :/%> । 12. kD8> 0Á$% । 20. '8'Ë> (TL$% । 28. _L(#> 8%c  ।

 &Ì$
5. &ऽ#> । 13. z9#/#c> |&$'Š$ । 21. kD8#> (8c$ । 29. $Š¾#> 8  ।

6. ‡Ã> &%$% । 14. $Š¾#> &EÁ$ । 

22. &pH> k#:#$% । 30. 'S#> k#/  ।

7. 8E~5 $%I%> ।  $_Í$

15. &ऽ#> । 23. k:#> k#:$ । 31. '8'Ë> ;f% ।

8. _L(#> <8$ । 16. —ÇT> Ek$% । 24. kD8> zL$% । 32. <L#> $8w  ।

169
 Exercises

Exercise #9 – ूC;# $8<$=> (first case) in (;c$ ू/L> (passive voice)

Parse each sentence in the list below following the steps explained below:

1) Mark each word of the sentence.

E.g., T#;> 1/1 Ÿँ/% III/1 ।

2) Give details of each verb and noun in this format.


$%a ‘ &'; (verb) – Ÿँ/%
• 
M#%> (root) - ŸŠ (1P) to see
• $%a- ू./> (verbal suffix) – _Ã  (present tense)/Y -ूAB% (Passive voice)/III/1

A ‘ &'; (noun) – T#;>
• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) - T#; (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>, a-ending masculine)
• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – 1 (ूC;# $8<$=>, first case) /1 (?(89:;,  singular)
• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) – Y  ूt (1st case in the sense of Y) to wँAV

3) Translate the sentence into English.

E.g., Rāma is seen.

 :Ґ%  ।
1. &pH5  % ।
9. kD8> ;ë 17. 'S> _r% ।

2. 8'#> &ê । 10. 8E~> éEँ/% । 18. <'5 zŠ %  ।

3. 'Š#> (E ¾  । 11. <'> Ž#/% । 19. '8#> ®  ।

 % ।
4. K±> A£ 12. <L#> Ž#/  ।


5. 'S#> &¾ । 13. 'S> zæ% ।

 %  ।
6. S•5 Š¾ 14. _L(#> ू#æ  ।

7. .#> 0¾% । 15. ‡Ã5 —ü%  ।

8. 8'#> |&$'ँ/  । 16. <'> A#£% ।

170
 Exercises

Exercise #10 – $@%D/# $8<$=> (second case)

 R:  0 म#;; 2/1 Á$% III/1 ।

T#;> 1/1 z9#/c; 2/1


$%a ‘ &'; (verb) – Á$%
• 
M#%> (root) - ; (1P) to go
• $%a- ू./> (verbal suffix) – _Ã  (present tense)/Y -ूAB% (Active voice)/III/1


A ‘ &'; (noun) – T#;>
• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) - T#; (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>, a-ending masculine)
• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – 1 (ूC;# $8<$=>, first case) /1 (?(89:;,  singular)
• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) – Y ूt (1st case in the sense of  )Y to u 


A ‘ &'; (noun) – म#;; 
• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) - म#; (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>, a-ending masculine)
• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – 2 ( r6A $8<$=>, 2nd case) /1 (?(89:;,  singular)
• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) - Y  r6A (2nd case in the sense of Y) to u 


A ‘ &'; (noun) – R:  (R®/-&';,  indeclinable)
• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) – R: 


A ‘ &'; (noun) – z9#/c; 
• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) - z9#/c (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>, a-ending masculine)
• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – 2 ($@%D/# $8<$=>, 2nd case) /1 (?(89:;,  singular)
• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) – Non- - E: a% connected to “78”

Translation: Rāma goes to the village following the teacher.

 z9#/õ :;%> ।
1. &pH5 
6. &pH> म#;‘ ू$% Á$% । 11. &ऽ5  % ।
 e/;c —~

 8'5 &Ì$
2. &ऽ#> ।  ÙL(5 8'$
7. $Š¾#> '8#: ू$% । 
12. kD8#> 'S#: _< ।

3. T#;> म#;‘ Á$% । 8. $Š¾#> z9#/c; R: 

  8'#: 8'$ । 13. $Š¾#> z9#/õ 8  ।


4. $Š¾#> ÙL(#: ÑT$ । 
9. '8'Ë> 8E~ ‘ ू$% ‡Ã; RÂ$% ।  
14. z9#/c> |&'Š; R:

5. kD8#> 'S#: & ¾$

 । 
10. k:#> ू#; R T : kD8$ । 
<'#: A#M% ।

171
 Exercises

Exercise #11 – %E%D/# $8<$=> (third case)

T#;> 1/1 S•: 3/1 ‡Ã; 2/1 éEŠ$% III/1 ।

$%a ‘ &'; – éEŠ$%

• 
M#%> (root) – éEŠ (6P) to touch
• $%a- ू./> (verbal suffix)- _Ã  (present tense)/Y -ूAB% (active voice)/III/1


A ‘ &'; (noun) – T#;>
• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) - T#; (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>, a-ending masculine)
• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – 1 (ूC;# $8<$=>, 1st case) /1 (?(89:;,  singular)
• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) – Y ूt (1st case in the sense of  )Y to zK# 


A ‘ &'; (noun) – ‡Ã; 
• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) - ‡Ã (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>, a-ending masculine)
• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – 2 ( r6A $8<$=>, 2nd case) /1 (?(89:;,  singular)
• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) – Y  r6A (2nd case in the sense of Y) to zK# 


A ‘ &'; (noun) – S•:
• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) - S• (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>, a-ending masculine)
• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – 3 (K6A $8<$=>, 3rd case) /1 (?(89:;,  singular)
• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) –  V K6A (3rd case in the sense of  ) to zK# 

Translation: Rāma touches the pot by the hand.


1. '8'Ë> S•#r#‘ ‡Ã; RÂ$% । 
7. &pH> 
&ऽ#r#‘ S म#;‘ Á$% ।

 <8$
2. '8#> 'S>” _L(#: R:  ।  >” S 8%c  ।
8. 'S#> 

3. '8'Ë> S•: ‡Ã‘ Ek$% ।  / ।

9. _L(#> <L ”> S R:<e

4. ‡Ã> '8'ː: S•#r#‘ RÂ% ।

 / ।
5. _L(#> '8>” 'S>” R:<e

6. ‡Ã> '8'ː: S•: éEँ/% ।

172
 Exercises

Exercise #12 – 9%C F $8<$=> (fourth case)

 4/1 'Š; 2/1 ''#$% III/1 ।

'8'Ë> 1/1 &ऽ#/

$%a ‘ &'; – ''#$%

• M#%> – '# (3U) to give
• $%a- ू./> – _Ã /Y -ूAB%/III/1

A ‘ &'; – '8'Ë>

• ू#$%&$'(; - '8'Ë (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>)
• 
& -ू./> – 1 (ूC;# $8<$=>) /1 (?(89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c – Y ूt to  

A ‘ &'; – 'Š; 

• ू#$%&$'(; – 'Š (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>)
• 
& -ू./> – 2 ( r6A $8<$=>) /1 (?(89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c – Y  r6A to  

A ‘ &'; – &ऽ#/



• ू#$%&$'(; – &ऽ (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>)

• 
& -ू./>  $8<$=>, 4th case) /1 (?(89:;)
– 4 (=t{
•  (4th case in the sense of | 8) to  
$8<$=-RC>c – | 8V =t{
•

Translation: Devadatta gives the land to son.


1. T#;> $Š8#/ 8'#: ''#$% । 
6. kD8> <L#/ 'S; zL$% ।


2. &pH> '8#r#‘ ÙL(‘ 8'$% । 
7. $Š¾5 ;L~#/ 8'#: &Ì%> ।

 .##/ ोk$% ।
3. &ऽ> 8. 9 e/#cr#‘ :;> ।

 > |&(TL$% ।
4. '8'Ë> k:r 9. z9#/èr> :;> ।

5. (E ä> म#;#/ T#; S Á$% ।  > “$• ।

10. k:r

11. 8p#/ “#S# ।

173
 Exercises

Exercise #13 – &G;D $8<$=> (fifth case)

 &%$% III/1 ।
'8'Ë> 1/1 8E~#% 5/1

$%a ‘ &'; – &%$%

•  fall
M#%> – (1P) &% to
• $%a- ू./> – _Ã /Y -ूAB%/III/1

A ‘ &'; – '8'Ë>

• ू#$%&$'(; - '8'Ë (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>)
• 
& -ू./> – 1 (ूC;# $8<$=>) /1 (?(89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c – Y ूt to  

A ‘ &'; – 8E~#% 

• ू#$%&$'(; – 8E~ (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>)
• 
& -ू./> – 5 (}6 $8<$=>, 5th case) /1 (?(89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c – 7  8V }6 (5th case in the sense of 7  8) to  

Translation: Devadatta falls from the tree.


1. k:#> 9 #% $:8%c । 
6. .##% ;L~> _r% ।

2. ‡Ã> S•#r#‘ &%$% ।  $% ।

7. <Lr> '8> %¾

3. k:#> म#;r> zÁ$ ।   <L#> $

8. .##% ू#( ।

4. kD8> 'S#% ' S‘ ू#L$% । 

9. —ÇT#% Rf> : R$• ।

 > Ž#/  ।
5. 8'#> z9#/#c% $Š¾”  > $< > <8$%।
10. e/#c% 9


11. &pH> &ऽ‘ /&ऽ
 /&ऽ#% 
 $8:# Á$% ।


12. '8'Ë> &ऽ5/& 
ऽ#r#‘ &EC(  8$% ।


13. ू##:/ू# ”>/ू#r> &EC(  &pH>
 : kD8$%।


14. 8'#> z9#/õ/z9#/è/z9#/#c% $8:# : Ž#/  ।

174
 Exercises

Exercise #14 – HID $8<$=> (sixth case)

 ÑT$% III/1 ।
 1/1 ÙL(#: 2/3
'8'Ë 6/1 &ऽ>

$%a ‘ &'; – ÑT$%

• M#%> – ÑE (1P) to remember
• $%a- ू./> - _Ã /Y -ूAB%/III/1

A ‘ &'; – &ऽ>



• ू#$%&$'(; - &ऽ (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>)

• 
& -ू./> – 1 (ूC;# $8<$=>) /1 (?(89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c - Y ूt to  

A ‘ &'; – '8'ËÂ

• ू#$%&$'(; – '8'Ë (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>)
• 
& -ू./> – 6 (HID $8<$=>, 6th case) /1 (?(89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c – €-R‚6 to ऽ

A ‘ &'; – ÙL(#: 

• ू#$%&$'(; – ÙL( (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>)
• 
& -ू./> – 2 ($@%D/# $8<$=>) /3 (AB89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c – Y  r6A to  

Translation: The son of Devadatta remembers verses.

 ŠÔ> 8%c%  ।
1. z(#ŠÂ >  Ž#/  ।
 > '8#:#‘ #>
6. 8'r

2. kD8ÇT/L> <'> A#£% । 7. k:#:#‘ 'Š> k: ”> Tü% ।

3. S•/L> '8> 0 > <8$% । 8. ू##:#‘ K±#% & pH>

 kD8$% ।


4. '8#:#; —Š>  > |ë% ।
'8Š 
9. ™#8T##‘ $S;#_/> RS; R$Ñ ।

5. '8'Ë &ऽ5  % ।
 e/;c —~ 10. /Ž#:#‘ k&/ŽL$Ñ ।

175
 Exercises

Exercise #15 – J;D $8<$=> (seventh case)

T#;> 1/1 ES 7/1 $%I$% III/1 ।

$%a ‘ &'; – $%I$%

• M#%> – ™# (1P) to stand, to stay
• $%a- ू./> – _Ã /Y -ूAB%/III/1

A ‘ &'; – T#;>

• ू#$%&$'(; - T#; (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>)
• 
& -ू./> – 1 (ूC;# $8<$=>) /1 (?(89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c – Y ूt to ‚ 

A ‘ &'; – ES

• ू#$%&$'(; – ES (R(#T# > &$‘  _‹>)
• 
& -ू./> – 7 (J;D $8<$=>, 7th case) /1 (?(89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c – 7 4 V ƒ6 (7th case in the sense of 7 4 ) to ‚ 

Translation: Rāma stays in the house.

1. <'#> _L( Ÿँ/  । 5. .# $% ;L~> $8w% ।

2. '8'Ë> <'/L> zŠç% । 
6. &ऽ/L>  $% ।
%L> '8'Ë> %¾
3. kD8> <LH  T;% । 7. 'S & RS‘ &>
 । 'S : RS‘ :> ।

4. '8'Ë> &ऽ S•/L> ‡Ã‘ &ँ/$% । 8. ू#H  t  &pH>
 kD8$% ।

Exercise #16 – R(#T# > &$ž  ‹> 8c:#;-ŠÔ> (a-ending masculine pronouns)

Complete the sentence by placing pronouns 8c, ?(, Rf, &T, and &e8 c in their declined forms.

E.g., 8è 1/3 8'#> 1/3 $8w  III/3 ।

1. 1/3
k:#> 1/3 8'$ । 5. 1/3
<'#> 1/3 A#£  ।
2. 5/1
 k:#> zÁ$
म#;#% 5/1 । 6. 4/1

&pH#/ 4/1
‡Ã‘ ''#$% ।
3. 7/1
$8H/ 7/1 K±> 8%c%  । 7. 7/1

(#_ 7/1 &pH> $%I$% ।
4. 6/3
 $ ।
'S#:#‘ 6/3 #>

176
 Exercise

Exercise #17 – Relative pronouns in masculine

/> 1/1 ALM$% III/1 > 1/1 8'$% III/1 ।

/'  clause – “/> 1/1 ALM$% III/1“

%'  clause – “> 1/1 8'$% III/1”

Of /'  clause –
$%a ‘ &'; – ALM$%
• 
M#%> – AM (1P) to know
• $%a- ू./> – _Ã /Y -ूAB%/III/1

A ‘ &'; – />

• ू#$%&$'(; - /' ('(#T# > &$‘  _‹> 8c:#;, d-ending masculine pronoun)
• 
& -ू./> – 1 (ूC;# $8<$=>) /1 (?(89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c – Y ूt to ZB4 

Of %'  clause –
$%a ‘ &'; – 8'$%
• M#%> – 8'  (1P) to speak
• $%a- ू./> – _Ã /Y -ूAB%/III/1

A ‘ &'; – >

• ू#$%&$'(; - %' ('(#T# > &$‘  _‹> 8c:#;, d-ending masculine pronoun)
• 
& -ू./> – 1 (ूC;# $8<$=>) /1 (?(89:;)
• $8<$=-RC>c - Y ूt to E 

Translation: One who knows, he speaks.

1. /5 0Á%> %5 Á%> ।  k:#> $:8$

5. /$Ñ: 8è > म#;> <8$% ।
2. / :;$ % &Ì$ । 
6. /: 8è $8H/#> |&$'ँ/  %; z9#/õ :;#$; ।
3. /> Šç% > ू‘ &EÁ$% । 
7. /> 8c$Ñ: ू#æ% %Ñ ” —ÇT#/ :;> R•।
4. / —ÇT‘ 8  % <=#> $ । 
8. / k:#> —ÇT‘ <k  %H#‘ /L; —ÇT> 8S$% ।

177
 Exercise

Exercise #18 –&$ž  ‹> 8c:#;-ŠÔ> (masculine pronouns) - %' , /' , ?%' , $(; 

 declined forms.
Complete the sentence by placing pronouns %' , ?%' , $(; in

 1/1 ;L'% III/1 ।

E.g., > 1/1 &pH>

1. 1/1
—ÇT> 1/1 —~% । 10. 4/1
z9#/#c/ 4/1 :;> ।
2. 1/2
ॄ#¦5 1/2 $:8%> । 11. 4/2
'8#r#‘ 4/2 :;> ।
3. 1/3
k:#> 1/3 8  । 12. 4/3
 > 4/3 “$• ।
k:r
4. 2/1
 2/1 &ँ/$% '8'Ë>।
‘ 13. 5/1
 ‡Ã> &%$% ।
S•#% 5/1
5. 2/2
<'5 2/2 k#:#$% । 14. 6/1

&pHÂ 6/1
 ोk$% ।
&ऽ>
6. 2/3  k#:#$% ।
ÙL(#: 2/3 15. 6/2
kD8/L> 6/2 K±‘ ALM$% ।
7. 3/1
'S: 
 3/1 R:<8$% । 16. 6/3
k:#:#‘ 6/3 म#; $%I$% ।
8. 3/2
S•#r#‘ 3/2 Í#'$% । 17. 7/1
'Š  7/1 $:8$% ।
9. 3/3
ू# ”> 3/3 kD8$% । 18. 7/3
(#_H  7/3 $%I$% ।

‘  ($_‹> (a-ending neuter)

Exercise #19 – R(#T# > :&

1. $;ऽ‘ µ_#$: Í#'$% ।  ू$% Á$

5. $;ऽ#$ :T#% 8:‘ ।
2. (;_ k_ ू(#Š%  । 6. Š###‘ 8#r> Ž#:‘ ू#æ% ।

3. &#c$: 8E~#% &%$ ।  (#/è Ÿँ/% ।
7. (#TÂ >
4. Í;  / ”> R:<e
 0$  /% । 
8. R  $% ŠTDT‘ &¾% ।

‘  ($_‹> 8c:#;-ŠÔ> (neuter pronouns)

Exercise #20 – :&

 their declined forms.

Complete the sentence by placing 8c, ?(, Rf, &T, %' , ?%' , and $(; in
E.g., 8õ 1/1 k_‘ 1/1 Á$% III/1 ।

1. 1/1
 R:<e
>Í; 1/1  /% । 6. 1/3
$;ऽ#$ 1/3 Á$ ।
2. 1/3
Š##$ 1/3 R8Ò  । 7. 4/1
$;ऽ#/ 4/1 8‘ ''#$% ।
3. 5/1
 ŠTDT‘ k#/% ।
R #% 5/1 8. 5/1
 > ;þ
(#T#% 5/1  $%।

4. 6/3

(#/#c#‘ 6/3 (#T; R$•। 9. 6/3
Š###‘ 6/3 %‘ k#:#$% >।
5. 7/1
RTñ/ 7/1 µ_#$: 8%c  । 10. 7/1
ू(T 7/1 ?%'  8#‘ Ÿँ/% ।

178
 Exercises

Exercise #21 – Relative pronouns in neuter

1. /'  Rw% %'  R ;। 

5. /: µ_#$: ू#æ  %% #M:; ।
2. /'  :ऽ #r#‘ Ÿँ/% %'  Õ&; । 
6. /Ñ#% (#T#% 
ŠTDT‘ k#/% % %‘ Š# Ž#/% ।
3. /#$: &ऽ#$ &%$ %#$: 'S । 
7. / ”> &pH> 
A£% %H#‘ >Í#:#; |&Š;> 0¾% ।

4. &pH> 
/% (#/õ  $% ।
(TL$% %: —ÇT; R9c 
8. /$Ñ: ू(T ;S#8##$: $ 
%% &Ì#$; ।


Exercise #22 – R®/; (Indeclinables) derived from M#% 


1. kD8#> “õ m# ;:¾_L(‘ $:8%c  ।  <e
7. kD8#> “c; R:  / ;:¾_L(‘
 $8Š$ ।

2. $Š¾> z9#/c; |&Ò ू‘ &EÁ$% । 
8. '8 ‘ ूÒ ÙL(‘ $_$Ím# > 8'#: &Ì$% ।

3. &pH>  ;c R8Ò
Š###; RC   $% T;% 9 ।
%¾ 
9. &pH> 8”T#á/‘ ू#æ RTñ/‘ Á$% ।
4. —ÇT %‘ Ž#m# > : Šç% । 
10. &pH> Ž#:: <' ‘ A#$Mm# %‘ ALM$% ।
 &EÁ$% ।
5. $Š¾> z9#/c |&'Š ‘ $8Ž#/ &:> 
11. 8#c: ÙL(#:  m# Rf#: 9
ÑE  8#c: $8ÑE
 .
6. '8'Ë> ‡Ã‘ (E m# M:‘ _<% । 
$Š¾> z9#/c; R$<Á$% ।


Exercise #23 – R®/; (Indeclinables) – derived from 8c:#;


1. /%> 8”T#á/; R$• %%> > 8õ .k$% । 
13. ($ß% >Í;  <8$%
R:  ।
2. (%> Š##$ &Ì$ । 14. ($ß% : >Í; R:
 <8$%
 ।
3. /%> Ž#:: ;L~> <8$% R%> Š#‘ &Ì । 
15. R•D$% ( $9% 8'$ ।
4. —ÇT> 8c%> <8$% ।  : %¾
16. > ( :$9% _  $% ।

5. /ऽ Me;> R$• %ऽ 8$Ý> R$• ।  S‘ $8Š$% ।

17. (Â$9% E

6. %ऽ ?8‘ $% %% .; । 18. ($ё$ß% ' Š  &pH>
 $:8$% ।
7. Rऽ 8# |&'Š> R$• । 
19. '8'Ë> $($G% (#/õ (TL$% ।
8. (ऽ 8$ । 20. $(G: 8•  R$• ।
9. ?%#$: 8##$: (ऽ Ÿँ/  ।   ऽ$9%/Þ$9%
21. > ($ё$ß%/(  
/('#$9% : Ÿँ/% ।
 $% ।
10. /'# '8'Ë> $;ऽ#$ &ँ/$% %'# > %¾ 
22. (%$ß% (#T#% 
‡Ã> &%$% ।
 8'$% ।
11. /C# '8'Ë> 8'$% %C# % &ऽ> 
23. ?%% (C$G% : Ž#/% ।
12. /C# 0S %C# R;ऽ ।

179
 Exercises

Exercise #24 – 0(#T# > &$ž  ‹> (i-ending masculine)

1. 8$Ý> $$T‘ 'S$%। 7. $Hr> :;> ।

2. म/> $<w  । 8. ®#M> :E&$%> R$%CD: : &ँ/$% ।
3. &#D R$Ó:# 'þ%  । 9. :E&%> R$> &#$r#‘ &%$% ।
4. $H$<> ($8$<> 9 $$T> Ÿँ/% । 10. /%D:#‘ $8$M> R$• ।
5. :E&$%> #T$C$<> S $$T‘ ू$% Á$% । 11. $T5 8$Ý> R$• Me;#% ।
6. ($8> $8$M; R: 
  R$%C/ ;D: ''#$% । 12. %H  $$TH  (&/> 8$ ।

Exercise #25 – |(#T# > &$ž  ‹> (u-ending masculine)

1. A±> A#Br#‘ &Š ‘  8S$% । 7. 8#/L> R$Ó> 8$% ।

2. #M> %TL> ;e_ ;; ~
 $ <> S |&$8Š$% । 8. $±L> ू#(  &Š8> 9T$ ।
3. ;; ~  (_ $:8$
 8> TL> ।  > &EC(  #M> 8$% ।
9. A±r
4. ( : S%: # $ŠŠ> TL$'$% ।  '$~#;e$%c> |ë% ।
10. 8èH#‘ $kŽ#e:#‘ #Me:#‘ 9 p>

5. /> Š#; |&$'Š$%  :;> ।
%Ñ ” T8  $% S%> ;; ~
11. T5  
 # Ž#/% ।

6. ;E.8 “#S# ।  ऽ  Õ:

12. ;S#A#B> %$Ñ: ~  :9
 A±e  —~% ।

Exercise #26 – (#T# > &$ž  ‹> (¢-ending masculine)

1. —ÇT> $8Ç (%#c 9 M#%# 9 <8$% । c L :;> ।

6. '#/(%Er
2. R£%#T> SL%#T‘ :;$ । 7. (%#c <L=> Rf> : <8$%।

3. ि# '#%: &ँ/$% । 8. ि> “Õ&‘ िà# Ÿँ/% ।
4. ;#> SLऽ# |ë  । c #‘ $8$M> R$• ।
9. (%
5. '#ऽ :;> । 10. (%c$T $% <L=# R$& $8w% ।

Exercise #27 – z(#T# > D$_‹> (ā-ending feminine)

1. Ž#:  $:I# <8$% । 5. '8'Ë> ौš/# 0Á/# 9 '8%#/ ” ;#_#> ''#$% ।

2. ;L~ ;; ~
  
e #; 0Á# R$• । 
6. ‹#/#> k_; z:/% ।
 / ।
3. $8H/#> $:ि/# : R:<e 
7. :#> S#/#‘ 8$ ।
4. T#;> (E &/# 8#‘ (TL$% । 8. $kŽ##/#‘ .#‘ ौš# 0¾% ।

180
 Exercises

Exercise #28 – z(#T# > D$_‹> 8c:#;ŠÔ> (ā-ending feminine pronouns)

 their declined forms.
Complete the sentence by placing 8#c, ?(#, Rf#, %' , ?%' , and $(; in

E.g., 8#c 1/1 $9 # 1/1 :ँ/$% III/1 ।

1. 2/1
 8'$% ।
(C#; 2/1 6. 5/1
$9 #/#> 5/1 ŠL9$% ।
2. 2/3
(C#> 2/3 8'$% । 7. 6/1
'8%#/#> 6/1 ‘Ž#‘ 8'$%।
3. 3/1
‘Ž/# 3/1 Ž#/% । 8. 6/3
 ‘Ž#> 8'$%।
'8%#:#; 6/3
4. 4/1
'8%#/ ” 4/1 :;> । 9. 7/1
 $:I# R$• ।
'Š#/#; 7/1
5. 4/3
'8%#r> 4/3 :;> । 10.
7/3

R8™#  7/3 Ž#:; R$• ।

Exercise #29 –D$‹> 8c:#;-ŠÔ> (feminine pronouns) - %' , /' , ?%' , $(; 
 their declined forms.
Complete the sentence by placing pronouns %' , ?%' , $(; in

1. 1/1
'8%# 1/1 :Ò% । 10. 4/1
'8%#/ ” 4/1 :;> ।
2. 1/2
‘Ž  1/2 <8%> । 11. 4/2
 :;> ।
'8%#r#; 4/2
3. 1/3
R8™#> 1/3 <8$ । 12. 4/3
ूk#r> 4/3 “$• ।
4. 2/1
 :/$%।
:#; 2/1 13. 5/1
$k#/#> 5/1 ŠÔ> k#/%।
5. 2/2
|&; 2/2 $'Š$% । 14. 6/1
$ब/#/#> 6/1 ू/Lk:‘ $(;।
6. 2/3
$9 #> 2/3 .k$% । 15. 6/2
:/L> 6/2 ;£ $%I$% ।
7. 3/1
ौš/# 3/1 8  । 16. 6/3
 ि# R$Ñ।
R8™#:#; 6/3
8. 3/2
 |&$'ँ/%।
|&;#r#; 3/2 17. 7/1

S#/#;  $:8$% ।
7/1

9. 3/3
‘Ž#$<> 3/3 Ž#/% । 18. 7/3
R8™#  7/3 $%I$% ।

Exercise #30 – —(#T# > D$_‹> (ī-ending feminine)

1. &#8c%D $8Ç (ऽF <8$% । 6. %Â#> :/#c> ू#(  8#&D R$• ।

2. 8#c> k:f> 8#T#¹ Á$ । 7. k::D $Ãñ/#> RCõ ALM$% ।
3. &$%> &# S (#ँ/#‘ 8$% ।  $% ।
8. 5/#õ .#‘ $Š8> %¾
4. #/ऽD 5/#c S $ù &Ì$% । 9. &E$C®#‘ :/c> $ ।
5. '8 & ” :;> । 10. S '$8 ;#‘ T~%  ।

181
 Exercise

Exercise #31 – 0(#T# > D$_‹> (i-ending feminine)

1. Rू#J ू#$J> /L> |ë% । 7. Š# > ू#J/ ?%#> •% D> &Ì$% ।
 8'$
2. 8#c> ौ% /> %% &'‘ । 8. E> ू(#T> ौ$ %r> R8Ò% ।
  |&8$% ।
3. /8 $%> $%$C; R: 9. <=#:#‘ %5 <D$%> : R$• ।
4. ;$ => ौ.  # 9 Aš 5 ू#æ% ।
 # ÑE.# / 
10. Š# 5 .#‘ <D%> R:&&$Ë> ।
 / <8$% ।
5. <$=> ;=   > 9 ?%Â#> |= >
11. ौ% > 9 ÑE%> 9 /=
6. E> ू#(  ?%% zD%
  ौ$ %> zS ।
0$% |&&$Ë> 0$% $š; ।

Exercise #32 – Relative pronouns in feminine

1. /# '8D <e%H  ;#%EÕ& $%I$% % ” :;> । 4. //# $8:# Ž#:‘ : ू#æ% # A$ š> ।
2. /#> :w> <#T%'Š  $ %#> 8#c> <8.> । 5. /#$<> kD8> ŠL9$% %##‘ $9 #:#‘ :#Š> 0¾% ।
3. /#‘ :T¹ Á$% %Â#‘ $:8$% । 6. /Â#‘ $k#/#‘ T“%D 8$% %/# 8'#$; ।


Exercise #33 – 0';/R' 
-ŠÔ> (pronoun “idam” and “adas”)

Complete the sentence by placing pronouns 0'; and  their declined forms.
R' in
1. 1/1

&pH> 1/1
R$• । 8. 1/1
 <8$% ।
ŠTDT; 1/1
2. 1/2
 1/2 •> ।
&pH5 9. 1/2
:ऽ  1/2  T%> ।
3. 1/3

&pH#> 1/3
$ । 10. 1/3
<e%#$: 1/3 k#/  ।
4. 2/3  .k$%।
_L(#: 2/3 11. 3/1
Ž#:: 3/1 8•  Ž#/% ।
5. 3/1
  3/1 8•  Ž#/% ।
&pH 12. 2/1
 |&_<% > ।
~ऽ; 2/1
6. 6/1

&pHÂ 6/1

Ž#:; R$• । 13. 1/1
z#$/(# 1/1 <8$% ।
7. 7/1
$8H/ 7/1 $89#T> <8$% । 14. 1/3
'8%#> 1/3 <8$ ।

182
 Exercises

 ' /RÑ' -ŠÔ> (pronoun “yu}mad/asmad”)

Exercise #34 – /ª

1. RS‘ m#‘ &ँ/#$; । 9. ?%'  8#‘ ;/# |=; ।  #$<> : Rr& Ò% ।
17. :> ;$%> /ª
2. m‘ (ऽ $:8$ । 10. ;; ौš# m/# Ÿँ/% । 18. ;L~> ; <e/#% ।
3. z8#‘ &Ì#8 । 11. R5 RÑ#$<> : Ž#/% । 19. RÑ#(‘ p‘ :;#;> ।
4. 8/‘ % 8'#;> ।  ‘ :;>।
12. %r  #(‘ &~> : |&&w% ।
20. /ª

5. /e/; z9TC । 13. ;þ‘ ''#%  । 21. ?H> 8> ;#>c ।
6. m#‘ &EÁ#$; । 14. :> “$• । 22. ;M# ;$/ R•  ।
7. m‘ ;#‘ 8' ।  ।
15. R/‘ ;; &ऽ> 
23. ?%% m$/ : |&&w% ।
8. > S :5 R8%  । 16. %8 $Š¾> $kŽ#> । 
24. m% Rf> ;; $ू/> : R$• ।

Exercise #35 – (#T# > &$ž  ‹> (X-ending masculine)

1.  
 Á$% ।  M:‘ ''#$% ।
5. '8'Ë> 

2. > Á$ । 
6. > &EC(  '8'Ë> Á$% ।
 &EÁ$% ।
3. '8'Ë> ‘ 
7. >  R$• ।
&ऽ>

4. # R/‘ Ÿँ/% । 
8. $ $% '8'Ë> $%I$% ।

Exercise #36 – %/'(#T# > &$ž  ‹>/D$_‹> (t/d-ending masculine/feminine)

 k#:#$%।
1. 8c$8% 8õ 6. ;E'> ‡Ã> k#/% ।

2. z9#/c> |&$:H'; |&$'Š$% ।  &•(‘
7. y'>  :/#$; ।
3. eऽ<#¾(E %5 8³ । 
8. z&$' —ÇT> k:#: T~$% ।
 S |&$:H'‘ &Ì$% ।
4. T#;> y'# 9. '8'Ë> ~M # : &Ì$% ।
5. 8c$8' :;> । 10. > $;M> &#5 z:/$% ।

Exercise #37 – 9/k(#T# > &$ž  ‹>/D$_‹> (c/j-ending masculine/feminine)

1. 8#(  ू/¶
 % । 5. $mk> $<H > $< #> $ ।
2. > 8#9‘ 8'$% । 6. m9> '8> 8#/> ।
 /% ।
3. ‡Ã> m9# R:<e 7. 8#9> $8H/> <#H; ।
4. '8'Ë> $mk M:‘ ''#$% । 8. 8#$9 RC>c <8$% ।

183
 Exercises


Exercise #38 – 0:-R > &$ž  ‹> (in-ending masculine)

1. &~D S$•:> |&$T $%I$% । 7. Š#$‹c  :;> ।

2. /L$:> Ž#$::‘ 8  । 
8. R$M(#$T> Š#$> 8'#: &Ì$ ।

3. 8è ू#$:> $Í:> <8  । 9. “#$;:> (E &/# $kŽ#8> Ž#:‘ _<  ।
4. %‘ %8 8”$T‘ &ँ/ । 10. ‘#$T> ू#$:#‘ 8”$T‘ : k#:$ ।
5. “#;D 8”$T$<> $8:# kD8$% । 
11. R$Ñ: S$•$: $% &$~> T;  ।

6. ?%% Š#‘ #$:# &ê% ।  ू#$:#‘ “#;D ।
12. S /L$: m‘

 -R
Exercise #39 – ;%/8%  > &$ž  ‹> (mat/vat-ending masculine)


1. ौD;#: :#T#/> A$ š;%#‘ '8> । 6. |&$:H'#‘ %#!/c> A$ š;$"> R8Ò% ।
2. MD; > S:; ‘ :;$ । 7. ौD;% :;> ।
3. $8w#8 ‘ S:; ‘ :;#$; । 8. $8w#8%> RŽ#:‘ : R$• ।
 &:>
4. <8 5 &:>  :;#;> । 9. A$ š;%#‘ ;%5 ‘Š/> : R$• ।

5. <8%> “Õ&‘ <8%# “/; |&$'ँ/% । 
10. <8$% R8% $% > A$ š;#: <8$% ।

Exercise #40– Š%E-ž R > &$ž  ‹> (at of present participle ending masculine)

 /L‘ (TL$% ।
1. > <=> : (;c 
4. ?8‘ &ँ/%# <8%# ?%'  8#; |=; ।
2. % <=#>  > (;c/L‘ (8c$ । 
5. %> &pH#% ( Š> k#/% ।
3. '8'Ë> &9 ‘ L;'ˑ &ँ/$% । 
6. $8H/#: £#/%> ‹> |&k#/% ।


Exercise #41 – R:-R > &$ž  ‹> (an-ending masculine)

1. z¬# ?(> । 
8. z¬:> Ž#:; z¬Ž#:;  ë%
0.  ।
2. ॄ¦# '8#:#‘ ूC;> 8$% । 
9. T#Ž> &pH> 
T#k&pH> ।
3. T#k# ॄ¦#‘ &ँ/$% । 10. ?% 8#c> ©ª#> 0$% |ë  ।
4. Š#‹cM# &#«#:‘ ST$% । 11. Rँ;#:> R¤$: $ ।

5. z¬:# z¬#:; z¬$: &ँ/$% । 12. z¬# “ ;$S$° $%I$% ।
6. > z¬:> ;$S;#:‘ k#:#$% । 13. ॄ¦> ;$S°# T#k# <e;#:‘ _<% ।
7. &T;#¬:  :;> । 14. &#«#:‘ .Ü# > T#Ž#‘ T#k# <8$% ।

184
 Exercises


Exercise #42 – R:-R ‘  (‹> (an-ending neuter)
> :&

1. ॄ¦ ?(‘ <8$% । 9. ॄ¦ :;> ।

2. > ॄ¦ k#:#$% । 
10. ॄ¦> Rf% :#$• ।
3. AÅ$: (;#c$ 8': Ž#/  । 11. ॄ¦> $8w# ॄ¦$8w# 0$% |ë% ।
4. /L$:> (;c (8$c । 12. ॄ¦$ $:I# ॄ¦$:I# 0$% |ë% ।
5. kD8#> k¯#$: _<  । 
13. (;c#‘ $$š; 0Á > '8%#> /k  ।
6. : (;c# : ूk/# : M:: R;E%m‘ <8$% । 14. (;c$ % R$M(#T> R$• ।
7. > '8'Ë> 0$% :#°# Ž#/% ।  <8$
15. kD8#> k¯$: k¯$: >Í; R:  ।
 % ।
8. /> ॄ¦ k#:#$% > (;c$<> ;ë 16. (;c  '8'Ë 8”T#á/‘ k#/% ।


Exercise #43 – R-R ‘  (‹> (as-ending neuter)
> :&


1. %% ;:> 9_$% । 7. ;:> %k> %&# _r% ।
2. % 8E~ &#c$: ²³#‘$ । 8. ?%'  Ž#:‘ ;:L$<> ू#æ% ।
3. '8'Ë> ²³> &Ì$% । 9. ;; p‘ $ŠT# :;#$; ।
4. 0$ /#$ ;:# S 8%c  । 10. ;:> '8%# 9 > ।

5. ?%% ²³L$<> |=; । 11. '8%# ;:$ $%I$% ।
6. ²³#‘ 89#‘$ ौ/ <8$ । 
12. ?%% TD/> 89> ²³$ $8w% ।

 -R
Exercise #44 – 0H/|H  ‘  (‹> (i}/u}-ending neuter)
> :&

1. % 9~H D 9 e/# । 8. % 8&H R ‘ ''#$% ।

2. ¶L%¹$H ू(#Š  ।  $$š> _r% ।
9. /kH>
3. 8èH#‘ 9~e$‘ H e/'c 8 %/# &ँ/$ । 10. 9~H > 9~> ।

4. <8#: <=#/ z/> ''#$% ।  #õ &ँ/$% ।
11. R$9cH> ¶L$%> 9~r
 > Ek$% ।
5. S•#% M: 
12. %% ¶L$%H#‘ ¶L$%> ।
6. z¬:> ¶L$%H# ू(#ँ/% । 13. z/$ H $% 8&> 9_$% ।
7. S$8$<>c /k% । 
14. z¬:> ¶L$%$H 8c; |&_r% ।

185
 Worksheets for photocopying

Worksheet for conjugation

• M#%> (root) : ( )

• _(#T> (tense/mood) :

• ू/L> (voice) :

• 
R‹; (stem) :

• M#%> (root) : ( )

• _(#T> (tense/mood):

• ू/L> (voice):

• 
R‹; (stem)

186
 Worksheets for photocopying


 -ू\As 
(nominal suffixes) without D (indicatory) letters


+% (Number) M$+%  K+%  N+% 
(Singular) (Dual) (Plural)
+ L(Case)

ू? (1st case)
 1/1 O 1/2 
 1/3

K)( (2nd case)   2/1 O 2/2 
 2/3

P)( (3rd case) - 3/1  3/2 
 3/3

%? Q (4th case) M 4/1  4/2
 4/3

R ) (5th case) 
 5/1  5/2
 5/3
*<) (6th case) 
 6/1 S
 6/2 -  6/3

T ) (7th case) J 7/1 S
 7/2
 7/3


 -ू\As (nominal suffixes) modified for neuter

ू? (1st case) - / * 1/1 I 1/2 J 1/3

K)( (2nd case) - / * 2/1 I 2/2 J 2/3

* The ू./ “R;” comes only after R-ending ू#$%&$'(;. 

The ू./ in this section of the chart is termed 8c:#;™#: [sarvanāmasthāna].

The R‹ in this section of the chart is termed < [bha].

The R‹ in this section of the chart is termed &' [pada].

187
 Worksheets for photocopying

Worksheet for declension

ू#$%&$'(; : Ending letter: $_‹> ( )


+% (Number) M$+%  K+%  N+% 
+ L(Case) (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)
ू? (1st case) 9  1/1 9  1/2 9  1/3

K)( (2nd case) 9  2/1 9  2/2 9  2/3

P)( (3rd case) 

9  3/1 9  3/2 9 U 3/3

%? Q (4th case) 9 ( 4/1 9  4/2 9   4/3

R ) (5th case) 9  5/1 9  5/2 9   5/3

*<) (6th case) 9 V 6/1 9 ( 6/2 9   6/3

T ) (7th case) 9  7/1 9 ( 7/2 9 *  7/3



W (Vocative)  9 S/1  9  S/2  9  S/3

ू#$%&$'(; : Ending letter: $_‹> ( )


+% (Number) M$+%  K+%  N+% 
+ L(Case) (Singular) (Dual) (Plural)
ू? (1st case) 9  9  9 
K)( (2nd case) 9  9  9 
P)( (3rd case) 
9  9  9 U
%? Q (4th case) 9 ( 9  9  
R ) (5th case) 9  9  9  
*<) (6th case) 9 V 9 ( 9  

T ) (7th case) 9  9 ( 9 * 



W (Vocative)  9  9   9 

188
 Worksheets for photocopying

Worksheet for parsing a sentence

1) Mark each word of the sentence.

2) Give details of each verb and noun in this format.


$%a ‘ &'; (verb) –

• M#%> (root) –

• $%a- ू./> (verbal suffix) – ( )/ / /


A ‘ &'; (noun) –

• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) – ( -(#T# > $_‹>, -ending )

• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – ( $8<$=>, case) / ( -9:;,  )

• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) – ( case in the sense of ) to


A ‘ &'; (noun) –

• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) – ( -(#T# > $_‹>, -ending )

• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – ( $8<$=>, case) / ( -9:;,  )

• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) – ( case in the sense of ) to


A ‘ &'; (noun) –

• 
ू#$%&$'(; (nominal base) – ( -(#T# > $_‹>, -ending )

• 
& -ू./> (nominal suffix) – ( $8<$=>, case) / ( -9:;,  )

• $8<$=-RC>c (meaning of the case) – ( case in the sense of ) to

3) Translate the sentence into English.

189
 ‭www.arshaavinash.in‬
‭ EBSITE‬‭FOR‬‭FREE‬‭E-BOOKS‬‭ON‬
W
‭VEDANTA,‬‭SANSKRIT‬‭&‬‭INDIAN‬‭CULTURE‬
‭Available‬‭Books‬‭are‬‭:‬

‭ UJYA‬‭SWAMI‬‭DAYANANDA‬‭SARASWATI‬‭-‬‭A‬‭BRIEF‬‭BIOGRAPHY‬‭BY‬‭N.‬
P
‭AVINASHILINGAM‬‭in‬‭English,‬‭Tamil,‬‭Hindi,‬‭Telugu,‬‭Kannada,‬‭Japanese,‬‭French,‬‭Spanish,‬
‭Portuguese‬‭and‬‭Dutch.‬

‭ WAMI‬‭PARAMARTHANANDA'S‬‭BOOKS‬‭:‬‭Introduction‬‭to‬‭Vedanta,‬‭Tattva‬‭Bodha,‬‭Bhagavad‬
S
‭Gita,‬ ‭Isavasya‬ ‭Upanisad,‬ ‭Kenopanisad,‬ ‭Kathopanisad,‬ ‭Prasna‬ ‭Upanisad,‬ ‭Mundaka‬ ‭Upanisad,‬
‭Mandukya‬ ‭Upanisad‬ ‭with‬ ‭karika,‬ ‭Taittiriya‬ ‭Upanisad,‬ ‭Aitareya‬ ‭Upanisad,‬ ‭Chandogya‬ ‭Upanisad,‬
‭Brihadarnyaka‬ ‭Upanisad,‬ ‭Kaivalya‬ ‭Upanisad,‬ ‭Brahma‬ ‭Sutra,‬‭Brahma‬‭Sutra‬‭Catusutri,‬‭Bhagavad‬
‭Gita‬‭Bhashyam,‬‭Isavasya‬‭Upanisad‬‭Bhashyam,‬‭Prasna‬‭Upanisad‬‭Bhashyam,‬‭Mandukya‬‭Upanisad‬
‭Bhashyam,‬ ‭Aitareya‬ ‭Upanisad‬ ‭Bhashyam,‬ ‭Niti‬ ‭Satakam,‬ ‭Vairagya‬ ‭Satakam,‬ ‭Atma‬ ‭Bodha,‬
‭Sadhana‬ ‭Panchakam,‬ ‭Vivekachudamani,‬ ‭Sarva‬ ‭Vedanta‬ ‭Siddhanta‬ ‭Sara‬‭Sangraha,‬‭Panchadasi,‬
‭Manisha‬‭Panchakam,‬‭Upadesha‬‭Saara,‬‭Saddarsanam,‬‭Uddhava‬‭Gita,‬‭Jayanteya‬‭Gita,‬‭Jiva‬‭Yatra,‬
‭Advaita‬ ‭Makaranda,‬ ‭Dakshinamurthy‬ ‭Stotram,‬ ‭Drg‬ ‭Drsya‬ ‭Viveka,‬ ‭Naishkarmya‬ ‭Siddhi,‬ ‭Vichara‬
‭Sagaram,‬ ‭Vedanta‬ ‭Sara,‬ ‭Vakyavritti,‬ ‭Upadesa‬ ‭Sahasri,‬ ‭Anubhuti‬ ‭Prakasa,‬ ‭Ashtavakra‬ ‭Gita,‬
‭Apparokshanubhuti,‬‭Rama‬‭Gita,‬‭Profound‬‭Q&A‬‭on‬‭Vedanta,‬‭etc.‬

‭ ICHIKA'S‬‭BOOKS‬‭ON‬‭SANSKRIT‬‭GRAMMAR‬‭:‬‭Enjoyable‬‭Sanskrit‬‭Grammar‬‭Books‬‭-‬‭Basic‬
M
‭Structure‬ ‭of‬ ‭Language,‬ ‭Phonetics‬ ‭&‬ ‭Sandhi,‬ ‭Derivatives‬ ‭(Pancavrttayah),‬ ‭Dhatukosah,‬
‭Astadhyayi,‬ ‭Study‬ ‭Guide‬ ‭to‬ ‭Panini‬ ‭Sutras‬ ‭through‬ ‭Lagu‬ ‭Siddhanta‬ ‭Kaumudi,‬ ‭Grammatical‬
‭analysis‬‭of‬‭Gita,‬‭etc.‬

‭THERE‬‭ARE‬‭MANY‬‭MORE‬‭BOOKS‬‭AND‬‭ARTICLES‬‭ON‬‭INDIAN‬‭CULTURE‬‭&‬‭SPIRITUALITY,‬
‭CHANTING,‬‭YOGA‬‭AND‬‭MEDITATION.‬
‭PRINTING‬‭&‬‭FREE‬‭DISTRIBUTION‬‭OF‬‭PUJYA‬‭SWAMI‬‭DAYANANDA‬‭SARASWATI’S‬‭BRIEF‬
‭BIOGRAPHY‬‭-‬‭in‬‭English,‬‭Tamil‬‭and‬‭Telugu.‬
‭WEEKLY‬‭VEDANTA‬‭CLASSES‬‭conducted‬‭at‬‭COIMBATORE.‬

‭ARSHA‬‭AVINASH‬‭FOUNDATION‬
‭ 104‬‭Third‬‭Street,‬‭Tatabad,‬‭Coimbatore‬‭-‬‭641‬‭012,‬‭India.‬
#
‭Phone:‬‭+91‬‭94873‬‭73635‬‭|‬‭[email protected]‬
‭www.arshaavinash.in‬